Home

1758-UM002 - Literature Library

1. 118 Lower Power Consumption 119 Set the Resource Number 119 Change the Communication 120 Configure FLO 121 Open the FLO Dialog BOX 121 Read the Real Time Clo ad yak i Peas oe lh ie atte 121 Calibrate the Real Time Clock 122 Set th Contract d 123 Record Flow Results for a Meter 124 Display the Flow Results of a Meter 124 Perform a Plow Calculation Test 131 Display the Field Parameters of a Meter 132 Select the Measurement System 134 Enable a Meter Channel and Its Accumulation Calculation 135 Set the Blow Rate Calculation Interval 41e 136 Select the Gas Flow Calculation Standard AGA3 AGA7 136 Configure AGA3 Process Parameters 137 Configure AGAT Process Parameters 139 Configure Field Signal Parameters for the Standard 140 Configure Field Signal Parameters for the AGAT Standard 143 Select an AGAS Method 0 0 ccc ees 144 Acquire the Gas Component Parameter values 149 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 8 Tab
2. Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 27 49026 u_short R Return code 0 OK 49027 u short W Reserved 4928 fuit w Pascodefouser 8 8 49030 u short R Number of read records 49031 u short R Number of remaining new records 49032 u short R Number of lost records 49033 49034 Reserved Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 318 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 There is no event code for command number 27 Return codes for command number 5 Return Code Description 00 OK 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 28 Disable Enable the Automatic Components Analysis Instrument Use command number 28 to set whether or not to read the gas component parameters from a gas component analyzer automatically Parameters for command number 28 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u short RW 28 49026 u short R Return code 49027 u short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u_short W Get gas component parameters from the gas component analyzer 0 Disable 1 Enable There is no event code for command number 28 Return codes for command number 28 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 02 Automatic components analysis instrument selection is invalid 100 Pas
3. 49032 49034 Reserved Registers for record 1 of daily history data Address Data Type Attribute Description 49035 u_char 0 R Year storage time u_char 1 Month storage time 49036 u_char 0 R Day storage time u_char 1 Hour storage time 49037 u_char 0 R Minute storage time u_char 1 Second storage time 49038 u_ short R Unit of measurement 0 U S 1 Metric 49039 float R Average static pressure 49041 float R Average temperature 49043 float R Average differential pressure average pulse 49045 float R Density 49047 float R Accumulated run time 49049 float R Daily base volume of flow rate 49051 float R Daily flowing volume of flow rate 49053 float R Daily mass volume of flow rate 49055 float R EXT AGA3 Uncorrected volume AGA7 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 310 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Registers for record 1 of daily history data Continued Address Data Type Attribute Description 49057 float R Reserved 49059 float R User variable 1 49061 float R User variable 2 49063 float R User variable 3 49065 float R User variable 4 The following table lists the register addresses for records 2 8 of daily history data The data type and attribute of each register are the same as those of the corresponding register for record 1 Registers for records 2 8 of daily
4. PC Communication A Run Runt Run2 Run3 Run4 Run5 Run6 Run 1 Im FLO Communicatio i FLO RIC Fixed Vars User Vars EL v Data Type Modbus Register _ 1 Uservar Notuse 0 i Day Config FBO tour Contig 4 Uservar2 Notuse v 0 Load amp Events id UserVar3 Notuse 0 Iv Upload 0 Maras UserVard Notuse 0 pl e ie Alarm Confi 24 or 43000 Download Meter Run ee Field Param Meter Runi Meter Run2 a Meter Run3 a Meter Rund E Meter Run5 E Meter Run E Meter RunT ul Mart 2 Scan Config i EL lt I 3 To select a meter run click its corresponding button The meter run buttons are located at the top of the Hour Config frame 4 To record more information configure the user variables accordingly To configure a user vatiable select its data type from the Data list and enter its register address in the Modbus Register box You can configure up to four user variables The format for the other variables are fixed The Energy variable is reserved and the value in record is zero Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 1 155 5 To save the configuration to a file buffer on the PC click Save The message Save successful appears 6 Click OK
5. Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 265 10 Repeat steps 1 through 6 to set the parameters for session 3 For session 3 the station address is 6 The controller will send the DI change events to the master immediately as class 1 type and save the DI events into the buffer in case the connection fails The buffer length is 2000 and scan time is 200 ms It is not necessary to detect AI change events Control Settings View Help 9 t oaker zi Communication S 4 X amp PC parameter 4E DNP Settings Database Channelo a Session Points Mx Session1 Kx Session2 Kx Session3 Channel 0 Session 3 Master Station 6 Disable 4 Obj01 Default Variation 2 Obj20 Default Variation Obj30 Default Variation Obj21 Default Variation Obj02 Default Variation 3 Obj32 Default Variation Obj22 Default Variation Obj10 Default Variation 2 Ohj23 Default Variation 4 Obj40 Default Variation Time Synchronization AtStatUp Only Interval 3 5000 Unsolicited Response Unsol Retry Delay Unsol Max Retries Class1 m e e x lt Class1 Buffer Len Class2 Buffer Len Class3 Buffer Len DI Event Mode Queue String Event Mode Last Valu v Al Event Mode Last Valu v DI Event Buffer Len 2000 o String Eve
6. E Meter RunT 2 Click Upload from FLO The following dialog box appears Upload Logs From FLO Log Range C Upload All Logs Just Upload New Logs 3 Click Upload All Logs or Just Upload New Logs Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 170 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Click OK The uploading will take some time The length of time depends on the number of alarm event logs stored on the DataSite controller While the uploading is in progress some information appears in the status bar The following is an example of the type of information displayed Start upload Upload finished The following is an example display of event records after they are uploaded from the DataSite controller File Edit View Operation Help Re PC Communication m T E Eg roo Communi catia Upload From FLO Starttime 2009 98 Endtime 2009 10 8 Refiesh o FLO RTC History ID Time Variable Value a Events 11 2009 09 18 14 07 09 Lo limited 40008 0 000000 10 2009 09 18 14 07 09 Lo limited 40001 0 000000 Alerns 9 2009 09 18 14 07 09 limited Run0 120 000000 Lo Alarm Conti 8 2009 09 18 13 30 18 Lo Recovery Run DP P 120 000000 7 2009 09 18 13 29 50 Hi limited Run0 DP P 120 000000 Rand 6 2009 09 18 13 29 49 Lo Recovery Runo T 60 000000 x dili ner Runt 5 2009 09 18 13 29 49
7. b Interval 1 AGAB Methods cR co2 N2 M Cue i Instrument Parameter Base Pressure Base Temperature Cut off Pulse Pressure Type Tap Location 14 7300 psi 0 0000 Absolute pulses s Configure Field Signal Parameters for the AGA3 Standard If you have chosen the AGA3 standard you need to configure the parameters for the field signals accordingly Field Signal Pressure Addr 30002 Data Type uso Temperature Addr 30003 Data Type Jushort Differential Addr 30001 Data Type UShot gt Joox 4xoox k 0 0625 p k 0 0050 p k 0 0050 p 625 0000 Auto cal 50 0000 Auto cal For any changes to parameter settings to be applied to the DataSite controller you need to click Download IMPORTANT Before downloading any changes to the DataSite controller it is tecommended that you perform an upload This helps prevent modifying information that you did not intend to change DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 141 Signal Addresses You need to enter the addresses for the static pressure P temperature T and differential pressure DP signals These are the signals you have connected using the Analog In AT and or HART channels during the setup of the DataSite controller You may choose to use these signals from the AIO AI5 channels on the DataSite controller For more information on the witing channel of
8. Channel 0 Session 0 Master Station 3 Disable Obj30 Default Variation 1 10 Session1 aW Gassion2 Ohbj02 Default Variation E Session3 Obj21 Default Variation 1 Obj32 Default Variation 1 Obj22 Default Variation 1 Ohj10 Default Variation 2 z Ohj23 Default Variation 1 Obj40 Default Variation Time Synchronization At Stat Up Only Intewal ES Unsolicited Response 7 Unsol Retry Delay 5000 Unsol Max Retries E i Class3 Class1 Buffer Len Class2 Buffer Len 5 Class3 Buffer Len 5 DI Event Mode Last Valu v String Event Mode Last Valu v Al Event Mode Last DI Event Buffer Len String Event Buffer Len 10 Al Event Buffer Len 40 100ms Al Event Scan Time fi 100ms PI Event Mode LastValu v FreezeP Event Mode Last Valu I DI Event Scan Time 100ms String Event Scan Time 1 Class1 5 16 1 4 PI Event Buffer Len 0 FreezeP Event Buffer Len 40 PI Event Scan Time fi 100ms FreezeP Event Scan Time h 100ms 2 In the Station box enter the number of the master station This is the communication address of the host computer TIP 65533 and 65534 are addresses used for broadcast 65535 is reserved by the system These three addresses cannot be used for session stations Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 254 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Publication 1758 U
9. Modbus RTI IP Address 192 168 100 75 Duplex Full Baud Rate 600 z Port No 502 m Parity None z Data Bits 8 Connection Type ses M Port Type RS232 7 zl Timeout 1 ES 200 Delay Time ee 2 From the Connection Type pull down menu choose the type of communication port used between the PC and the DataSite controller e For Ethernet communication mode choose TCP IP Server For Serial port communication mode choose your PC s COM port from one of the COM ports COM1 COM10 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 19 3 If you have chosen TCP IP Server set up the parameters for the TCP IP connection x Serial Ports Settings TCP IP Settings Station 1 p Station 1 per Protocol Modbus IP Address 192 168 100 75 Duplex Fun z Baud Rate 9500 502 Parity None Data Bits 8 Connection Type Stop Bits E Port Type mes at Delay Time 200 ms Parameters for TCP IP Communication Parameter Description Station number Station corresponding to the DataSite controller communication Ethernet port Default Value IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Made IP address corresponding to the Ethernet communication port of the DataSite controller The address 15 in the format each octet ranging between 0 and 255 192 168 100 75 u
10. Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u short RW 17 49026 u short R Return code 49027 u short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u short W Whether the meter run is enabled 0 Disable 1 Enable 49036 u_short W Type of measurement units 0 U S 1 Metric 49037 u_short W Accumulate 0 Do not accumulate 1 Accumulate 49038 u_short W Use automatic components analysis instrument 0 Disable 1 Enable 49039 u_short W Calculation type 0 AGA3 1 AGA7 49040 u_short W Algorithm for the calculation of the compressibility factor 0 Gas Analysis 1 HV GR CO2 2 GR CO2 N2 49041 u_short W Run interval Parameters for command number 17 Continued Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 299 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49042 u_short W Base Multiplier Period BMP 49043 float W Contract standard reference ratio pressure 49045 float W Contract standard reference ratio temperature 49047 float u_int W Cut off differential pressure or cut off pulse 49049 u short W Pressure type 0 Gauge 1 Absolute 49050 float W Atmospheric pressure 49052 Uu short W Tap location 0 Upstream 1 Downstream 49053 u short W Orifice material 0 Type 3048316 stainless steel 1 Monel 2 Carbon Steel 49054 float W Orifice diameter 49056 float W Orifice reference temperature 49058 u_short W Tube
11. None a X miim Protocol Modbus RTU StopBits gt State slave RS232 Duplex ruts Timeout 10ms Baud Rate v Delay Time jo 10 3 Change the baud rate of COM2 to 19200 and then click Download The message Download to controller successful appears 4 Click Upload Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 33 The message Unable to upload from controller appears Controller Communication Settings Information Uploading from controller Default Unable to upload from controller m Load Serial Ports Settings COM Station Protocol State Duplex Baud R Parity Data Bits StopBi PortType Timeout Delay Time COMI 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 Download COM2 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 19200 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 7 Device Info J Exit Settings MAC Address IP Address Resource Num 00 11 25 48 29 E8 192 168 100 075 1 Power Enable jv COMI Ethernet LED Register IP Settings NET Subnet Mask Default Gateway NETO 255 255 255 000 192 168 100 001 This indicates that the COM2 baud rate of the controller has been changed to 19200 5 Click Exit to close the Controller Communication Settings dialog box 6 Open the PC Communication Settings dialog box 7 Change the baud rate of the serial p
12. 40 9878 EES SCSI Y2 0 0967 Flow Time Today 00 05 41 Alarm amp Error Flow Time This Hour 00 05 41 para result cutoff 3 Accumulated Run Time 0 Days 00 05 41 DPIPI Di 17 Temperature Differential Pressure Display the Field Parameters of a Meter Run Follow these steps to display the field parameters of a meter run 1 In the configuration tree click the symbol for the desired meter run Meter Run0 is used as an example here 3 58 RENE T Meter Run1 T Meter Run2 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 133 The branch for the meter run appears gm Meter RunO i Field Parameters Meter Runi T Meter Run2 2 Click Field Parameters The field parameters of the selected meter run appear PE Ds FLoConfig 88888888 Neter Run Field Parameters C Program Files Rockwell Automation DS FloConfigl File Edit View Operation Help Components 100 0000 Meter Run p Unit JU S z r ENN Meter Parameter analysis instrument i Butane i C4H10 0 0977 96 Enable Accumulate Methane CH4 96 5222 n Butane n C4H10 01007 Standard Interval 5 Nitrogen N2 02695 i Pentane i C5H12 00473 96 AGAB Methods Gas analysis v swe fi s Carbon Dioxide 0 5956 n Pentane n c5H12
13. Date format YYMMDD e Time format HHMMSS Code for measurement standards 0 represents imperial standards and 1 represents the metric system e Average pressure e Average temperature e Average differential pressure or meter pulses Relative density e Volume flow rate at base conditions Volume flow rate at flowing conditions Mass rate e Flow extension or uncorrected flow volume Energy reserved User variable 1 User variable 2 User variable 3 User variable 4 The format allows up to four user variables for recording additional information Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 152 JDataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Configure the Daily Historical Records Follow these steps to configure the variables you want to collect in the daily historical records 1 In the configuration tree double click History Alternatively you can click the before History to expand the History tree 2 Click Day Config The Day Config frame appears PE Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Day Config C Demo 2 File Edit View Operation Help PC Communication s Run Runt 2 Run3 Run4 Run5 Run6 Run7 e FLO Communi catio i FIO RIC Fixed Vars User Vars r Data Type Modbus Register User Var Notuse gt 0 Sram o Hour Config a Events amp Alarms ee Alarm Confi Meter Run0 o Field Para
14. Initiation Status Controller Time 1 In the Debug dialog box click Set Time The Set Time dialog box appears Month Cancel 11 Day Hour Minute 22 m Second m 2 Enter the date and time 3 Click OK to write the new time into the controller Close the Controller Debug Dialog Box Follow this step to close the Controller Debug dialog box Click Exit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 92 _DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Initialize the Controller Use the Controller Initialize function to initialize the DataSite controller Open the Controller Initialize Dialog Box Follow this step to open the Controller Initialize dialog box e From the Tools menu choose Controller Initialize The Controller Initialize dialog box appears Hs Settings Project Project m Gontraller camimuhicat Controller Initialization 3 PC Communication Par Information O Communication Test O System Initialization 0 Register Initialization Sys Info O DNP3 Initialization O DS Workbench Initialization O Connect Controller Set Clear Info O File System Initialization Switch Controller into Service Mode To initialize the controller you must set the controller into the Service mode first Follow these steps to set the controller into the Service mode 1 Power down the DataSite controller 2 Use a serial commu
15. 0x0002 Initialize communication parameters 0x0004 Clear the DataSite Workbench application 0x0008 Initialize registers 0x0100 Initialize file system 0x0200 Initialize DNP3 If more than one initialization state exists an OR operation will be performed on the codes For example a code of 0x0102 means that test communication and initialization of communication parameters are in progress DS Workhench Status codes DS Workbench Status Code Meaning 0001 DataSite Workbench is running 0000 DataSite Workbench is stopped Clear Error Codes Follow this step to clear the error codes of the controller e Click Clear Error Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 91 Adjust the System Time There are two ways of adjusting the system time of the DataSite controller If you want to synchronize the controller time with the system time of the host computer to the DataSite controller do the following n the Debug dialog box click Adjust Time The controller time will be synchronized with the PC Time Controller Current Error Clear Error Read Battery Voltage V ErrorRecord Read Continue Adjust Time Set Time If you need to set the controller time to a different value as the PC time for example when you need to debug the controller do the following System Status DS Workbench Status PC Time Oct 13 2009 15 31 59 Tues
16. 8 H2 0 100 0 100 9 CO 0 3 0 3 10 02 0 2 11 iCAH10 0 6 12 nC4H10 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 279 Range of parameter values Sum of all components must be within 1 0 0001 No Name Range in AGAS Detailed Method AGA8 Gross Method 1 and 2 13 iC5H12 0 4 14 nC5H12 15 nC6H12 0 4 16 nC7H16 17 nC8H18 18 nC9H20 19 nC10H22 20 HE 0 3 21 AR 0 1 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 280 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Modbus registers for SCADA communication Modbus Register 49000 49999 Description Registers used by the Extension Modbus protocol for communication with the SCADA system A description of these registers is provided in the next section Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 281 Addresses Associated with The two blocks buffer 1 and buffer 2 have different meanings for different commands The following table provides the register address data type attribute and description for each command the Extension Modbus Protocol Commands Register addresses for Extension Modbus protocol commands Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u short RW Command number 0 49026 u short R Return code 0 OK 49027 u short Meter 0 7 49028 u int
17. Bit 12 Continued Description e D2 too low Value of the second density data is too low e nvalid command number e nvalid density units and calibration point eFow rate factor too low This bit can mean any of the following Upper and lower range values out of limits Upper and lower range values are outside of their limits e Range and sensor type not entered Before characterization range and sensor type need to be entered e nvalid number of bytes The Number of Bytes parameter received in this command is not valid e nvalid meter option Meter option selected is not valid e Special sensor not available Calibration for special sensor is not available e nvalid transfer function code e nvalid strapping point number e Invalid base mass flow units e nvalid base volume flow units e Invalid trim point number e nvalid cutoff type code e nvalid security code e nvalid alarm relay delay time code This bit can mean any of the following e nvalid analog output number code e nvalid level value e nvalid alarm relay number code e nvalid buffer number code 16 Access restricted 28 Invalid range units code 32 Device is busy 64 Command not implemented Bits 6 0 are decoded as an integer and not bit mapped Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 68 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010
18. Second byte when unused Bit 7 6 Description All bits 0 when a communication error is reported in the first byte Second byte Field Device Status Bit Value Description 7 hex 80 Field device malfunction 6 hex 40 Configuration changed 5 hex 20 Cold start 4 hex 10 More status available 3 hex 08 Analog output current fixed 2 hex 04 Analog output saturated 1 hex 02 Nonprimary variable out of limits 0 hex 01 Primary variable out of limits Insert a HART Scan Block Follow these steps to insert a HART scan block 1 In the HART Settings dialog box select the row where you want to insert the scan block to and click Insert Alternatively you can double click the tow Note that you cannot insert data after an empty data block An Invalid scan block is inserted 2 Double click the block to edit DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 69 Edit a HART Scan Block Follow these steps to edit a HART scan block 1 Double click the block you want to edit The Edit dialog box appears The NO box displays the serial number of the current HART scan block Hart Edit NO HART Channel Cancel Address 4 r 1 0 0 7 unt ooms Send Register 40001 Scan Time Return Register 40021 Unit Register 40041 HART State Addr 40061 2 From the HART Channel pull down menu choose a channel for the HART interface modul
19. 1 In the HART Settings dialog box select the row where you want to insert the scan block to and click Insert Alternatively you can double click the row Note that you cannot insert data after an empty data block An Invalid scan block is inserted 2 Double click the block to edit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 224 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Edit a HART Scan Block Follow these steps to edit a HART scan block 1 Double click the block you want to edit The Edit dialog box appears Hart Edit NO Channel Cancel Address Ex For Command Scan Time Unit 500ms v Send Register 40001 Return Register 40011 Unit Register 40021 State Register 40031 2 From the Channel pull down menu choose a channel for the HART interface module to send commands to The effective range 15 0 2 The HARTO channel supports multi branched HART scan and the data of up to 13 pieces of HART equipment can be scanned The HART1 and HARTZ channels are point to point scan and not only do they support HART protocol communication they also support data collection of 4 20 mA 3 In the Address box specify the communication address of the HART equipment The effective range is 0 15 From the Command Num pull down menu choose the HART commands to be sent to the HART equipment This table shows the effective value of each HART command Effective values of HART
20. 59 R W Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 326 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller Publication 1758 UMO002D EN P October 2010 ID variables for 1758 FLO controllers Register Description Access 3011 Device name character 1 Range 33 126 RAN 3012 Device name character 2 Range 33 126 RAN 3013 Device name character 3 Range 33 126 RAN 3014 Device name character 4 Range 33 126 RAN 3015 Device name character 5 Range 33 126 RAN 3016 Device name character 6 Range 33 126 RAN 3017 Device name character 7 Range 33 126 RAN 3018 Device name character 8 Range 33 126 RAN 3019 Contract hour Range 0 23 RAN 3020 Current pointer index for event log RO 3021 Current pointer index for alarm log RO 3022 3050 Reserved Meter Run 0 Execution state variable Execution state Bit 0 0 Stop 1 Run Bit 1 0 Disable accumulation 1 Enable accumulation Vhen setting a bit value to the register you should protect the other bit values Instantaneous input variables Calibration flags Bit 0 Differential pressure or pulse 0 No 1 Yes Bit 1 Static pressure 0 No 1 Yes Bit 2 Temperature 0 No 1 Yes Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller 327 General input configuration variables Register Description Access 3053 Input unit type R W Bit 3 0
21. Floating Point Variables Floating point variables are accessed using commands 3 6 and 16 These commands are similar to the corresponding standard Modbus commands and they use Enron Modbus addressing The size of the data fields for each vatiable is determined by the variable address The read command returns four bytes for each requested register The write command provides four bytes for each register value Read only RO registers cannot be written by using commands 6 and 16 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 330 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller Publication 1758 UMO002D EN P October 2010 The following tables list all the floating point variables used by Enron Modbus in the DataSite controller Meter Run 0 Data Variables Current value Register Description Access 7001 Current temperature RO 7002 Current static pressure RO 7003 Current differential pressure AGA 3 RO Instantaneous flow variables Register Description Access 7004 Flow volume rate RO 7005 Flow mass rate RO 7006 Average EXT for the hour AGA 3 1990 only RO EXT is the square root of the product of static pressure and differential pressure 7007 Average uncorrected flow volume for the hour AGA 7 RO only Force variables Register Description Access 7008 Forced temperature RO 7009 Forced static pressure RO 7010 Forced differential pressure AGA 3 only RO Compressibili
22. October 2010 Return codes for command number 1 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Year invalid 02 Month invalid 03 Day invalid 04 Hour invalid 05 Minute invalid 06 Second invalid 07 Week invalid 100 Pass code is wrong Other Invalid Command Number 2 Set the Pass Code Use command number 2 to set a new pass code The default pass code is 0 Parameters for command number 2 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 short RW 2 49026 Uu short R Return code 49027 short W Reserved 49028 int W Pass code for user Default is 0 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 int W New pass code There is no event code for command number 2 Return codes for command number 2 Return Code Description 00 OK 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Command Number 3 Set the Device Name Use command number 3 to set the device name of the 1758 FLO DataSite controllers The maximum string length is eight characters Parameters for command number 3 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 3 49026 u_short R Return code 49027 u_short W Reserved 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u_short W Device name 1 49036 u_short W Device name 2 49037 u_short W Device name 3 49038 u_short W Device name 4 49039 u_short W Device n
23. Points Isi Sessiont K Session2 Is Session3 Channel 0 GE IMP Fay 8 Zh Communication S 4 Session 1 Master Station 4 Disable Obj01 Default Variation Obj02 Default Variation Obj10 Default Variation 2 3 2 Obj20 Default Variation Obj30 Default Variation Obj21 Default Variation Obj32 Default Variation Obj22 Default Variation 4 Obj23 Default Variation Obj40 Default Variation Time Synchronization start Up Only r c Interval 3 a Unsolicited Response v Class1 Buffer Len Class 1 Unsol Retry Delay 5000 Unsol Max Retries m e e x lt Class2 Buffer Len Class3 Buffer Len DI Event Mode DI Event Buffer Len DI Event Scan Time PI Event Mode PI Event Buffer Len PI Event Scan Time Queue 1000 Queue 1000 Re String Event Mode Al Event Mode o li 1 String Event Buffer Len Al Event Buffer Len 100ms String Event Scan Time 100ms Al Event Scan Time I FreezePl Event Mode FreezeP Event Buffer Len FreezePl Event Scan Time Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 264 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 9 Repeat steps 1 through 6 to set the parameters for session 2 For session 2 the station address is 5 The controller will send the change events to the master immediately as class 1 type and save the
24. 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None COM2 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None TCP IP Settings NET MAC Address IP Address NETO 00 11 25 48 28 E8 Register IP Settings NET Subnet Mask NETO 255 255 255 000 Default Gateway 192 168 100 001 192 168 100 075 1 RS232 100 0 1 RS232 100 0 Resource Num Power Enable jv COMI Ethernet LED Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 32 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Download the Controller Communication Settings to the Controller Follow these steps to download write the controller parameter settings to the controller 1 Set up system parameters 2 Click Download Controller Communication Settings Information Default Download to controller successful 3 Load _ Save Serial Ports Settings COM Station Protocol State Baud R Parity Data Bits Stop PortType Timeout Delay Time COMI 1 Modbus RTU Slave 9600 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 COM2 1 Modbus RTU Slave 9600 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 Upload Download 1 Device Info Exit r TCP IP Settings MAC Address 00 11 25 48 29 E8 Register IP Settings Subnet Mask 255 255 255 000 IP Address 192 168 100 075 Default Gateway 192 168 100 001 Resource Num Power Enable jv COMI Ethernet LED When connecting via a certain serial port of the controller see CONZ as shown com gt
25. 30016 Read only Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 105 Value in Registers State The values in the DI DO AO and PI registers are not saved when the DataSite controller powers down When the DataSite controller powers up the DI AI and PI registers will receive actual values from the input signals DI and PI but the values in the DO AO and PI registers will be cleared to 2 If you configure some scan blocks or HART blocks the values in the Master Registers of all the blocks will remain at the last saved values before communication failed So you need to use the relevant function block to check the communication status to determine whether the value is valid You can write a program in DataSite Workbench to read the current communication status and then save the status into a Modbus register as an indicator to be used by other programs For the list of function blocks you can use refer to DataSite Customized Function Blocks Reference Manual publication 1758 RM001 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 106 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Chapter 2 Introduction Hardware and Software Requirements DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig This chapter provides information on the configuration settings utility DS FloConfig controllers only
26. 5 Nitrogen N2 0 2595 i Pentane i C5H12 0 0473 96 AGAB Methods Gas Analysis v mmi Carbon Dioxide 0 5956 5 2 00324 Instrument ysis Ethane C2HB 18186 n Hexane n C6H14 0 0564 96 Base aereos ooo psia Propane C3H8 04586 n Heptane n C7H16 0 0000 96 Base Temperature 60 0000 Water H20 0 0000 8 18 0 0000 Cutoff Differential o ooo0 in H20 at 60F Hydrogen Sulfide 0 0000 n Nonane n C9H20 0 0000 96 Pressure Type Absolute X Hydrogen H2 0 0000 n Decane n C10H22 0 0000 96 Carbon Monoxide 0 0000 96 Helium He 00000 96 Tap Location Upstream gt Oxygen 02 0 0000 Argon An 0 0000 4 Orifice Plate amp Pipe Tube Orifice Material 304 amp 316 stainless steel X Orifice Diameter 4 0000 in Reference T 68 0000 F 14730006 Tube Material Carbon steel z Tube Diameter 8 0710 in Reference T 68 0000 F i ji 2 Enter the mole percentage of each of the 21 components of natural gas The mole percentage of each component should not exceed the range which is listed in table 1 of Valid Range of Gas Characteristics for AGA8 Methods on page 148 and the sum of the mole percentages should be equal to 100 The error of this sum must be less than 0 0001 TIP The total percentage is displayed next to the title Gas Components Gas Components 100 0000 3 Click Download to apply the settings to the
27. This means that the Outstation s control outputs are not accessible through the DNP protocol Clear the flag when the Outstation is in the Remote state This means that the Outstation s control outputs are accessible through the DNP protocol A String object has four data types for example String 20 String 60 String 100 and String 250 You can write values to and read values from string object points Data Type Boolean for DI and DO signals Short Integer and Float for Al and DO signals Storage Type HL high byte first low byte next LH low byte first high byte next Event Type Objects may be assigned to a class There are four classes of data Class 0 is reserved for static data objects Static data reflects the current value of data in the outstation a slave station ina SCADA system Class 1 2 and 3 are reserved for event data objects These objects are created as the result of data changes in the Outstation or some other stimulant Each event object can be assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Objects may be grouped in Classes by priority which is determined by the user and the data classes may be polled at varying rates 5 To add a data point into a session select the check box for the session in the corresponding row For example if you want to add data point 2 into session 03 select the check box as shown Data NO Signal Type Register Data Type Storage Type Event Type E
28. US 1 Metric 3054 Flow calculation type R W 0 AGA 3 1992 1 AGA 7 3055 Compressibility calculation type R W 0 Gas analysis 1 HR GR COR 2 GR CO2 N2 3056 Static pressure tap location R W 0 upstream 1 downstream 3057 Pressure type R W 0 gauge 1 absolute 3058 Time duration for low flow pulse limit check in seconds R W Range 0 5 s AGA 7 only 3059 Calculation interval R W Instantaneous input register address meo Tempouro moat regoer 3061 Static pressure input register Modbus address R W 3062 Differential pressure input register Modbus address R W AGA 3 configuration variables Register Description Access 3063 Orifice material R W 0 stainless 1 monel 2 carbon steel 3064 Tube material R W 0 stainless 1 monel 2 carbon steel Instantaneous input register data type Register Description Access 3065 DP register data type R W 0 ushort 1 float 3066 P register data type R W 0 ushort 1 float 3067 T register data type R W 0 ushort 1 float Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 328 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller Current pointer index for hourly and daily logs 3068 Current pointer index for hourly log RO 3069 Current pointer index for daily log RO Collecting Components Analysis Instrument Automatically Register Description Access 3070 bit4 Flag for collecting components analysis instrumen
29. communication error due to slower response of the upper communication equipment Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 118 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Configure TCP IP Settings Follow these steps to configure the Ethernet port 1 Under Ethernet in the FLO Communication dialog box set up the parameters of the Ethernet port Ethernet 00 00 8 80 61 00 IP 192 168 100 75 Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 100 1 Pot 2 H This table shows value range for each parameter TCP IP port parameters Parameter Parameter Value Range MAC XXOCXXQCXCXX 6 integers in hexadecimal format For example 00 00 BC 60 61 D0 The MAC address is read only IP XXX XXX XXX XXX 4 octets with each octet ranging from 0 255 The default value is 192 168 100 75 Mask 4 octets with each octet ranging from 0 255 Gateway XXX XXX XXX XXX 4 octets with each octet ranging from 0 255 Port 502 The port number of DS Settings TCP IP port is defined as 502 when the PC is connected to the DataSite controller Station 1 The default value is 1 2 In the Communication Password box enter the password you have previously set in the PC Communication dialog box See Change the Communication Password on page 120 3 Click Download The new settings are applied to the DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P Oct
30. float point 3 4 Primary Variable lower range value float point Return register Not used Unit register Not used HART state register 40 state 0 1 state 1 Command 38 Purpose Reset Configuration Changed Flag Send register Not used Return register Not used Unit register Not used HART state register 40 state 0 1 state 1 Command 40 Purpose Enter Exit Fixed Primary Variable Current Mode Send register 0 1 Actual fixed Primary Variable current level units of milliamperes float point Return register Not used Unit register Not used HART state register 40 state 0 41 state 1 Command 44 Purpose Write Primary Variable Units Send register 0 Primary Variable units code 8 bit unsigned integer Return register Not used Unit register Not used HART state register 40 state 0 1 state 1 Command 48 Purpose Read Additional Transmitter Status Send register Not used Publication 1758 UMO002D EN P October 2010 Description of HART commands Continued Return register DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 217 0 2 device specific status 8 bit unsigned integer 3 Operational modes 8 bit unsigned integer 4 5 Analog outputs saturated 24 bit unsigned integer 6 7 Analog outputs fixed 24 bit unsigned integer 8 13 Device specific status 8 bit unsigned integer Unit register N
31. 0 0324 Instrument Parameter Ethane C2HB 18188 n Hexane n C6H14 0 0664 96 Base Pressure 14 730000 psia Propane C3H8 04596 96 n Heptane n C7H18 96 Base Temperature 60 0000 F Water H20 n Octane n C8H18 0 0000 Cut off Differential fo o000 in H20 at BOF Hydrogen Sulfide nNonane n C9H20 0 0000 Pressure Type Absolute Hydrogent2 0 0000 poecane n c1oH22 00000 o Carbon Monoxide Helium He 0 0000 9 Tap Location Upstream v Oxygen 02 0 0000 Argon Ar 0 0000 4 Orifice Plate amp Pipe Tube Relative Density Orifice Material 3048316 stainless steel Condition Typ Orifice Diameter 4 0000 in Relative Density Reference Condition Reference T fes cooo E TESTE 60 0000 Tube Material Carbon stee Tube Diameter in Yia plasia Reference T 000 F Heating value Btu sct IRETETENICE F Ls r Field Signal Upload Pressure Addr Data Type usnot k 0082500 b 625 00000t Auto cal Temperature Addr v Data Type Jushot k 0005000 b 50 000000 Auto cal Differential ddr 0 Data Type jushot 0005000 50000000 Auto cal 4000 Load amp gt Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 134 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Select the Measurement System Follow these steps to select the measurement system fo
32. 08 00 00 0 US 14 747176 50 000000 120 000000 0 581698 86346 4062437 250 3977582 5 180779 2009 09 27 08 00 00 0 US 14 747419 50 000000 120 000000 0 581727 86400 4064975 250 3980066 5 180892 2009 09 26 08 00 00 0 US 14 745568 50 000000 120 000000 0 581508 77018 2754239 250 2697218 5 125661 2009 09 25 08 00 00 0 US 14 747413 50 000000 120 000000 0 581726 86400 4064975 250 3980066 5 180892 2009 09 24 08 00 00 0 US 14 747414 50 000000 120 000000 0 581726 86400 4064975 250 3980066 5 180892 2009 09 23 08 00 00 0 US 14 745728 50 000000 120 000000 0 581527 86396 4064787 250 3979882 5 180883 2009 09 22 08 00 00 0 US 14 747414 50 000000 120 000000 0 581726 86400 4064975 250 3980066 5 180892 2009 09 21 08 00 00 0 US 14 747414 50 000000 120 000000 0581726 86400 4064975 250 3980066 5 180892 2009 09 20 08 00 00 0 US 14 747415 50 000000 120 000000 0 581726 86400 4064975 250 3980066 5 180892 2009 09 19 08 00 00 0 US 14 745599 50 000000 120 000000 0 581512 60198 2833481 250 2774774 126031 2009 09 18 13 22 11 0 US 14 740000 50 000000 120 000000 0 581220 1 47 064178 46 120178 2 09278 The following is an example of hourly records from 2009 9 29 to 2009 9 29 for meter run 2 Upload From FLO tor 2009 09 29 09 00 00 2009 09 29 08 00 00 2009 09 29 07 00 00 2009 09 29 06 00 00 2009 09 29 05 00 00 2009 09 29 04 00 00 2009 09 29 03 00 00 2009 09 29 02 00 00 2009 09 29 01 00 00 2009 09 29 00 00 00
33. 100 75 fe History Protocol Modbus RTU Protocol Modbus RTU v Mask 255 255 255 0 0 Events Mode Slave Slave ad FH a Alarms Duplex Fui Duplex Full hd Gateway 182 188 100 1 EH S meter Baud 2600 Baud 57600 X Port 502 H sa Mater Parity None Parity None X FH M H Gd meter Data bit Databit s meter Stop bit 1 Stopbit 1 X Meter dl thet Type 68232 5232 X eter 100 h ms i 100 h ms es at Meter Timeout f Timeout Delay o Oms Delay 0 m Oms Power Enable Communication Password 4 chars COMI Ethernet LED Resource Number m unas When the upload is completed successfully the communication settings of the controller are displayed Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 189 7 To exit the Test Communication state power the DataSite controller off and on again Normal communication with the controller is resumed Reset the Communication Parameters The following tables show the default values of the COM1 COM2 and Ethernet communication parameters Default values of COM1 COM2 communication parameters Parameter Name Default Value Station 1 Protocol Modbus RTU Master Slave State Slave Duplex Full Baud rate bps 9600 Parity None Data bits 8 bits Stop bits 1 bit Port type RS232 Timeout 10 ms 100
34. 13 pieces of HART equipment can be scanned e The HART1 and HART2 channels are point to point scan and not only do they support HART protocol communication they also support standard 4 20 mA signals Address Communication address of the HART equipment The effective range is 0 15 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 57 Description of HART block parameters Continued Header Command Description HART command to be sent to the HART equipment The effective value of each HART command is as follows e Read Unique Identifier 0 e Read Primary Variable 1 e Read P V Current And Percent Of Range 2 eRead Dynamic Variable And P V Current eRead Transmitter Variables 15 e Read Primary Variable Output Information 33 e Reset Configuration Changed Flag 38 Read additional Transmitter Status 48 eRead Transmitter Variable Information 54 Scan Time Time cycle of scanning HART equipment data Effective range is 50 ms 50 hours Send Register Register for storing command data Effective range is 40003 49999 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers Return Register Register for storing command response data Effective range is 40003 49999 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers Unit Register Register for storing the unit of HART equipment data returned Effective range is 40003 499
35. 255 000 State RTU Slave RTU Slave Baud R 9600 9600 Duplex Full Full Parity Data Bits None 8 None 8 IP Address 192 168 100 075 Default Gateway 192 168 100 001 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Serial Ports Settings com gt Station lD m Protocol Modbus RTU v State Master E Duplex ruts Baud Rate 00 gt Default Load Upload Timeout 100 100 Stop Port Type 1 RS232 1 RS232 Delay Time 0 0 Download Device Info Exit Resource Num Ethernet Data Bits 8 Y Cancel Stop Bits 1 Port Type RS232 x Timeout 100 10ms Delay Time 0 m 10ms DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 51 Controller Communication Settings r Information Downloading to controller Download to controller successful Default Load Serial Ports Settings COM Station Protocol Duplex Baud R Parity Data Bits Stop Bi Upload PortType Timeout Delay Time 2 Modbus RTU Slave Modbus RTU Master Full 57600 Full 9600 None 8 1 None 8 1 f Download RS232 100 0 RS232 100 0 Device Info TCP IP Settings MAC Address IP Address Resource 00 11 25 48 29 E8 192 168 100 075 Power Enable Register IP Settings Subnet Mask Default Gateway 255 255 255 000 192 168 100 001 Et
36. 50 5 33351 X 250 50 6 33401 X 300 50 7 33451 X 350 50 Parameters in calculation results block 2 Parameter Name Description Data Type Modbus Addresses for Meter Run 0 Parameters X qeh_pval Energy hour flow rate float 33101 33102 qe yesterday Energy flow of the previous day float 33103 33104 avh_EXT Hourly average of the square root of the product of static pressure and float 33105 33106 differential pressure This is also the average uncorrected volume AGA7 for the hour avd EXT Daily average of the square root of the product of static pressure and float 33107 33108 differential pressure This is also the average uncorrected volume AGA7 for the day avh_Gr Average real relative density for the hour float 33109 33110 avd Gr Average real relative density for the day float 33111 33112 Y2 Expansion fsactor based on the absolute static pressure measured at float 33113 33114 the downstream tap Reserved Reserved float 33115 33150 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 274 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Modbus Registers for Flow Configuration Parameters RO Modbus addresses for flow configuration parameters MeterRun Starting Address Parameter Address Number Address 0 32101 X 100 1 32201 X 100 100 2 32301 X 200 100 3 32401 X 300 100 4 32501 X 400 100 5 32601 X 500 100 6 32701 X 600 100 7 32801
37. 7 in the first byte 1s 1 this byte is bit mapped and all the communication errors ate displayed in this byte If bit 7 in the first byte is 0 this byte is not bit mapped and the meaning 1s determined by the value of bit 6 through bit 0 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 64 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings The following tables list the definition of the first two bytes of the response code according to the HART protocol First byte when bit 7 1 Communication Error Description CS 6 ttst S 5 hex A0 Overrun error 4 hex 90 Framing error 3 hex 88 Checksum error 2 hex 84 0 reserved 1 hex 82 Rx buffer overflow 0 hex 81 Overflow undefined First byte when bit 7 0 Command Response Bit Description 0 No command specific error 11 Undefined 2 1 Invalid selection 301 Passed parameter too large 41 Passed parameter too small p Too few data bytes received gl Device specific command error rarely used 7 In write protect mode 8 This bit can mean any of the following Update failure Returned real time data has not changed since last read from field device eWarning Update failure Real time data returned has not changed since last read eWarning Set to nearest possible value Command is accepted but limitations of the field device has caused data sent to be rounded or truncated eWarning Update in progr
38. AI events into the buffer in case the connection fails The buffer length is 2000 and scan time is 1000 ms It is not necessary to detect DI events SO NALGOLDbJ PDCD A A 42020 Control Settings View amp t Q em exp m 25 E zi Communication S X amp PC parameter 4E DNP Settings E Database 2 ie 2 ae Obj01 Default Variation 2 0020 Default Variation Channelo i d Sessiond Points e Ohj02 Default Variation Kx Session1 Isi Session2 S Session3 Ed Ohj10 Default Variation 2 Obj23 Default Variation Channel 0 Session 2 Master Station 5 Disable Obj30 Default Variation Obj21 Default Variation Obj32 Default Variation Obj22 Default Variation AL Ohj40 Default Variation Time Synchronization At Start Up Only Interval E D un Unsolicited Response v Unsol Retry Delay 5000 Unsol Max Retries m e e lt Class1 Class1 Buffer Len Class2 Buffer Len Class3 Buffer Len DI Event Mode Queue String Event Mode Al Event Mode DI Event Buffer Len 1000 String Event Buffer Len Al Event Buffer Len TI DI Event Scan Time 100ms String Event Scan Time Al Event Scan Time PI Event Mode Queue FreezePl Event Mode PI Event Buffer Len 1000 FreezePI Event Buffer Len PI Event Scan Time FreezePI Event Scan Time TTE I
39. Alarm Configuration Follow these steps to insert an alarm configuration block 1 In the Alarm Config dialog box click Insert You can also double click any blank row indexed 24 63 in the Alarm Config dialog box The Alarm Configuration dialog box appears Alarm Configuration Cancel Variable 40001 30001 49999 Hi Limit 100 Lo Limit 5 Dead Band 1 Enable 2 In the Alarm Configuration dialog box enter the register address of the vatiable and the values for Hi Limit Lo Limit and Dead Band For more information on the variables see Delete an Alarm Configuration 3 Select the Enable check box Click OK Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 1 165 The new alarm configuration is added to the list PE Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Alarm Config C XDemoX2 File Edit View Operation Help D amp Index Variable Hi Limit Lo Limit Dead band Enable Insert m FLO Communicatio o Rund 100 000000 0 000000 10 000000 Enable o FLO RIC 1 Run P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Delete 2 Run T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 History 3 Runt DP P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 o Events 4 Runi P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Save 15 m 5 Runt T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 6 Run2 DP P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Load ies Alarm Confi 7 Run2 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 8 Run2 T 0 000000 0 00000
40. Average static pressure alarm P 31314 Average temperature alarm T 31315 5 Differential pressure alarm DP 31316 Average static pressure alarm P 31317 Average temperature alarm T 31318 6 Differential pressure alarm DP 31319 Average static pressure alarm P 31320 Average temperature alarm T 31321 Differential pressure alarm DP 31322 Average static pressure alarm P 31323 Average temperature alarm T 31324 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller 341 Notes Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 342 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Chapter 6 Global Event Codes Global Event Codes for Modbus Protocols The following table lists the codes for global events They are not specific to meter runs and are common to the controller Codes for system events Code 1 System Event Power on Power off Contract time changed Watchdog reset Set date or time Oo aj Ww Reserved Codes for parameter modification events Code Parameter Modification Event 11 Enable meter run 12 Disable meter run 13 Unit changed 14 Start to accumulate 15 Stop to accumulate 16 Enable or disable the automatic component analysis instrument 17 AGA calculation type modified 18 Method selected for the calculat
41. C4H1 0 i Pentane i C5H12 Carbon Dioxide 0 5956 n Pentane n C5H12 Ethane C2H6 0 0000 Propane c3He 0 0000 Water H20 0 0000 Hydrogen Sulfide 0 0000 Hydrogen H2 00000 Carbon Monoxide 00000 Oxygen O2 0 0000 n Hexane n C6H1 4 n Heptane n C7H16 n Octane n C8H18 n Nonane n C9H20 n Decane n C10H22 Helium He Argon Ar 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 0000 RR FF KF KKK KK K Methane CH4 Nitrogen N2 Carbon Dioxide Ethane C2HB 0 0000 Propane C3H8 0 0000 Water H20 0 0000 Hydrogen Sulfide 00000 Hydrogen H2 00000 96 Carbon Monoxide 50059 Oxygen O2 560000 96 n Butane n C4H10 i Pentane i C5H12 n Pentane n C5H12 n Hexane n C6H1 4 n Heptane n C7H16 n Octane n C8H18 n Nonane n C9H20 n Decane n C10H22 Helium He Argon Ar RR RF KF KF KKK K KK K Configure the Historical Records DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 151 There are two types of historical records the DataSite controller can log daily historical records and hourly historical records There are two types of variables used in the logging of historical recotds fixed variables and user variables For user variables you need to select the user variables you want to recotd and then download the selection to the controller Each hourly and daily record is in the following format
42. Command 2 Purpose Read primary variable current and percentage of span Send register Not used Return register 0 1 P V current mA float point 2 3 P V percentage float point Purpose Unit register Not used HART state register 40 state 0 1 state 1 Command 3 Purpose Read dynamic variables and primary variable current Send register Not used Return register Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 0 1 Primary Variable current float point 2 3 Primary Variable value float point 4 5 Secondary Variable value float point 6 7 Tertiary Variable value float point 8 9 Fourth Variable value float point Description of HART commands Continued Unit register DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 215 0 Primary Variable unit code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 Secondary Variable unit code 8 bit unsigned integer 2 Tertiary Variable unit code 8 bit unsigned integer 3 Fourth Variable Unit code 8 bit unsigned integer HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 Note Not all equipment return primary secondary tertiary and fourth variables If the equipment does not support them zero is written into the value and units unit code for that variable Command 15 Purpose Read Transmitter Variables Send register Return register Not used 0 alarmselect code 1 tran
43. DS FloConfig is a configuration software for 1758 FLO DataSite controllers You can edit and modify parameters for the flow computer such as AGAJ3 AGAT algorithm selection AGA3 AGAT process parameters and AGAS parameters DS FloConfig software can display real time measurement data of each meter run You can also view and search historical transaction records and event recotds The parameter configuration can be saved into a project file for ease of use To install DS FloConfig you need the following IBM compatible PC with at least a 80486 microprocessor Pentium 166 and above a CD ROM drive at least 70 MB of free hard disk space at least 32 MB of memory 64 MB recommended e A VGA graphic card and e Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or Windows XP Professional Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 108 Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Start DS FloConfig Follow these steps to start DS FloConfig 1 Start Microsoft Windows 2 Click Start gt Programs gt Rockwell Software gt DataSite Products gt DataSite Tools gt DS FloConfig The Start dialog box appears x New project Open project C Open recent project C Program Files Rockwell Automation DS FloConf 3 For instructions on how to create a new project see Create a New Project File For instructions on how to open an existing project see Open a Project File For instructions on how to
44. Delay time 10 ms 0 Default values of Ethernet communication parameters Parameter Name Default Value IP 192 168 100 75 Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 100 1 Port 502 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 190 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Follow these steps to reset the communication parameters to their default values 1 2 3 Set the controller into the Service mode Select the System Initialization check box Click Set The new settings are downloaded to the controller Click Run and exit the service mode After the controller is initialized the password you have set in the Communication Password dialog box will be reset to 0000 For instructions on how to change the passwotd see Change the Communication Passwotd Reset the Register Values Follow these steps to reset the register values in the controller to 0 1 2 Set the controller into the Service mode Select the Register Initialization check box Click Set The new settings are downloaded to the controller Click Run and exit the service mode Reset the AGA Flow Parameters The following tables show the default values of the AGA flow parameters Default values of AGA flow parameters Parameter Name Default Value Unit U S Meter run Disable Accumulate Disable AGA Standard AGA3 DataSite Flo
45. Download Clear the Error Count Follow this step to clear the error count in the scan blocks e Click Clear Err Cnt Close the Scan Settings Dialog Box Follow this step to close the Scan Settings dialog box e Click Exit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 50 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Configuration Example By configuring a scan block as a US1 or US2 block we can read from and write to the equipment connected with the DataSite controller For example we can take two DataSite controllers connected via RS232 serial communication with COM1 of one DataSite controller as the master station and COMI of the other controller as the slave station The master station can read write the slave station s signal via the serial communication between the two stations DataSite controller RS232 DataSite controller 100 ms timing COM1 COM1 Master Station as 1 Slave Station as 2 Read coil 00100 00103 00001 00004 44679 The following subsections provide you with one way of configuring the DataSite controllers in this example Step 1 Configure the Controller Communications Settings for the Modbus Master Station Controller Communication Settings r Information Serial Ports Settings COM Station Protocol Modbus Modbus TCP IP Settings MAC Address 00 11 25 48 29 E8 r Register IP Settings NET NETO Subnet Mask 265 255
46. Ethernet On Off Enable DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 29 Save the Controller Communication Settings Follow this step to save the settings you have made e Click Save The controller parameter configuration is saved into the file Controller Communication Parameter esy If the file is saved successfully the message Save into file successful will appear in the Information box Controller Communication Settings Serial Ports Settings COM Station Protocol State 1 Modbus RTU Slave COM2 1 Modbus RTU Slave TCP IP Settings MAC Address 00 11 25 48 29 E8 r Register IP Settings Subnet Mask 255 265 255 000 Baud R 9600 9600 Parity Data Bits None 8 None 8 IP Address 192 168 100 075 Default Gateway 192 168 100 001 Stop Bi 1 1 Timeout Delay Time RS232 100 0 RS232 100 0 Resource Num di Power Enable jv COMI Ethernet LED Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 30 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Load the Controller Communication Settings Follow this step to load the settings This will load the last saved configuration of the DataSite controller parameters e Click Load Alternatively you may double click the file Controller Communication Parameter esy from the file pane of the project browser or choose Controller Communication Settings from the Tools menu If the
47. FloConfig Variable Description User var1 An instantaneous value of the last hour This variable is user configurable User var2 User var3 User var4 The details of some of the variables such as flow time can be found in Display the Flow Results of a Meter Run on page 124 Load the Configuration from the PC Follow these steps to load the configuration from the PC 1 Click Load The last saved configuration is loaded from the file on the PC and the message Load successful appears 2 Click OK Save the Configuration to the PC Follow these steps to save the configuration to the PC 1 Click Save The message Save successful appeats 2 Click OK Upload the Configuration from the Controller Follow these steps to upload read the configuration from the DataSite controller 1 Click Upload 2 Click OK Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 1 157 Download the Configuration to the Controller Follow these steps to download write the configuration to the DataSite controller 1 Click Upload 2 Click OK View Historical Records For each meter run you can review the daily records for the last 35 days and the hourly records for the last 36 days including the current day Follow these steps to view the historical records 1 In the configuration tree click History The History dialog box appears PE ps FLoConfig b
48. For example if the number 2 923 517 522 sent a 32 bit unsigned integer it would be AE 41 56 52 7001 7800 Float 32 bits IEEE single precision floating point number high byte first high word first For example if the number 326 787 is sent as a 32 bit float it would be 48 9F 90 60 1758 FLO DataSite controller supports up to eight meter runs Meter runs are configured individually Gas quality is set for each meter run The following table lists the ranges of Enron Modbus variables used by the controller Purpose Hourly Daily Archive Boolean Short Integer Long Integer Floating Point System variables None None 3000 3050 None None Meter run 0 701 702 None 3051 3100 5001 5010 7001 7100 Meter run 1 703 704 None 3101 3150 5011 5020 7101 7200 Meter run 2 705 706 None 3151 3200 5021 5030 7201 7300 Meter run 3 707 708 None 3201 3250 5031 5040 7301 7400 Meter run 4 709 710 None 3251 3300 5041 5050 7401 7500 Meter run 5 711 712 None 3301 3350 5051 5060 7501 7600 Meter run 6 713 714 None 3351 3400 5061 5070 7601 7700 Meter run 7 715 716 None 3401 3450 5071 5080 7101 7800 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Information Variables Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller 325 This section describes global variables used in the DataSite controller These vatiables contain the informati
49. Help Sey ee 25 Communication amp 2 NO Channel Address Comm Scantime Send Regist Return Re Unit Regis State Register Err Insert E Commuicatio fo 6 0 0 2 500 40001 40011 40021 40031 o FLO RIC 5 Delete ES History 3 Events 4 xo ues 5 GM meter 7 GM meter Runt 9 Meter Runz 10 1 gH nae 75 EE E 13 Save 14 Runs T Upload dH meter nus 18 17 E Meter RunT 18 Download ORS 19 Downs 20 Q sean contig Carer 22 23 24 Jj 25 26 27 v lt Nx lt gt Ready 3 Select the row you want to paste the copied block to TIP You only select an empty row that is right after the selected block ot a tow that already contains a block FEDS FLoConfig bc6061d0 Hart C Demo 2 File Edit View Operation Help ooo RM 25 Communication 25 Communicatio NO Channel Address Comm Scan time Return Re 0 0 0 0 2 500ms 40001 40011 40021 40031 ay ERE RR el ARES ERES RR RE si Delete 2 Send Regist Unit Regis State Register Err Insert o S 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 aes GM meter Multi Paste GM meter 10 11 Load 5 FH Meter Rund 13 Save 14 od meter Rons 15 r Upload nus 18 17 Gl Meter Runt Download ORS 19 20 e Scan Config Clear Err
50. NNNNNNNNNN i B US US U S US U S US US US C Day Meter Run Hour 2 _ 14 739459 14 739482 14 739489 14 739473 14 739472 14 739489 14 739483 14 739459 14 739487 14 739489 50 000000 50 000000 50 000000 50 000000 50 000000 50 000000 50 000000 50 000000 50 000000 50 000000 120 000000 120 000000 120 000000 120 000000 120 000000 120 000000 120 000000 120 000000 120 000000 120 000000 0 581204 0 581202 0 581202 0 581203 0 581203 0 581202 0 581202 0 581204 0 581202 0 581202 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 166033 00 166033 00 166033 00 166033 00 166033 00 166033 00 166033 00 166033 00 166033 00 166033 00 Starttime 2009 9 29 Endtime 2009 9 29 Refresh Time uet lunt densiy Fiowime am ot a 169426 29 169426 29 169426 29 169426 29 169426 29 169426 29 169426 29 169426 29 169426 29 169426 29 7 7 7t 7 7 7t 7t 7 7t For a desctiption of the variables used in the records see Variables for Daily Historical Records on page 153 and Variables for Hourly Historical Records on page 155 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 160 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Sort Historical Records You can sort the records by clicking the column headings For example if you click the Time column heading once th
51. R W AGA 3 configuration variables Continued Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller 333 Register Description Access 7069 Methane RO 7070 Nitrogen RO 7071 Carbon dioxide RO 7072 Ethane RO 7073 Propane RO 7074 Water RO 7075 Hydrogen sulfide RO 7076 Hydrogen RO 7077 Carbon monoxide RO 7078 Oxygen RO 7079 i Butane RO 7080 n Butane RO 7081 i Pentane RO 7082 n Pentane RO 7083 n Hexane RO 7084 n Heptane RO 7085 n Octane RO 7086 n Nonae RO 7087 n Decane RO 7088 Helium RO 7089 Argon RO 7090 7100 Reserved Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 334 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller Meter Runs 1 7 Data Variables Data variables for meter runs 1 7 use the same structure as meter run 0 data variables The data variables are offset from meter run 0 variables according to the following tables Meter run 1 data variables Data Type Short integer Description Meter run 1 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 50 Long integer Meter run 1 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 10 Register 3101 3150 5011 5020 7101 7200 Float Meter run 2 data variables Data Type Short integer Meter run 1 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset b
52. SDNP3 Data Objects and Their Descriptions SDNP3 Data Object Object Description Number Binary input object 1 Current status of the binary input digital input DI data Binary input change object 2 Binary input changes and new values DI data Binary output object 10 Current value of the binary output digital output DO data Binary counter object 20 Current data of counter input counter input data Binary freeze counter object 21 Current data of freeze counter input freeze counter input Freeze PI data Binary counter change object 22 Counter input changes and new values PI data Binary freeze counter change object 23 Freeze counter input changes and new values Freeze data Analog input object 30 Current data of analog input analog input Al data Analog input change object 32 Analog input changes and new values Al data Analog output object 40 Current value of the analog output analog output data Time and date object 50 Current time of the DataSite controller Class object 60 Event class 0 1 2 3 Internal indication IIN sign object 80 Indicates current communication data and operation status of the DataSite controller String object 110 String object data String change object String changes and new values Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 242 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 SDNP3 Data Points and Database Choose SDNP3 data points from the M
53. Select the frst row you want to paste the copied block to Scan Settings NO Block Type Address Signal Scan Time Master R Slave R Reg N Cnt State Remark Insert 0 US1 Block 1 Write nHo 1 500ms 40001 41001 10 E Delete Copy Paste Load Save Upload Download Clear Err_Cnt K 3 4 5 6 Multi Paste 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 amp gt Exit 4 Click Multi Paste The Paste dialog box appears Scan Settings Block Type Address Signal Type Scan Time MasterR Slave R N Err Cnt Err State Remark Insert US1 Block 1 Write nHo 1 500ms 40001 41001 10 Delete Copy Paste Nulti Paste Multi Paste Please select paste style Paste number AN Address of Master Reg increase Download Load Save Clear Err Cnt Exit 5 In the Multi Paste dialog box To increment the module ID of the pasted block by 1 select the check box for Address of module increase To increment the Master Start register address of the pasted block by 1 select the check box for Address of Master Reg increase In the Paste number box enter the number of blocks you want to paste Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 47 In this example if the following settings ate made x Please select paste style Paste number Jv A
54. Test check box 3 Click Set settings will be downloaded into the controller 4 Click Run followed by Close The controller goes into the Communication Test mode The communication parameters of COM2 are set to be test parameters This table lists the communication test parameters COM2 communication test parameters Parameter Name Parameter Value Station 1 Protocol Modbus RTU Master Slave State Slave Duplex Full Baud rate bps 57600 Parity None Data bits 8 bits Stop bits 1 bit Port type RS232 Timeout 10 ms 100 Delay time 10 ms 0 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 188 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 5 Choose PC Communication Settings in the configuration tree and set the PC baud rate as 57600 Serial Com Ethernet Station 1 zd Station 1 Protocol Modbus RTI z IP Addr 192 168 100 75 Duplex Full Port 502 EM Baud Parity None Type Select com Databit 8 Timeout 2000 ms 1 stopbit EJ 1 0 3 Password 6 Select Communication in configuration tree n ps FLoConfig 88888888 FLO Communication C Program FilesXRockwell Automation DS FloConfigl File Edit View Operation Help D PC Communication r COM1 r COM2 r Ethernet ES FLO Conmuni catio Mac 0000 9 i 1 i 1 ep ein Sion zd E 182 168
55. W Pass code for user Default is 0 49030 undetermined RW Command parameter block buffer 1 5 49034 registers 49035 undetermined RW Command parameter block buffer 2 49290 256 registers Pass Code for User When the host computer communicates with the 1758 FLO DataSite controller you need to use the pass code to protect data If you lose the password you can read it from the register 33001 33002 It is along UINT integer The default value is zero Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 282 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Command List Extension Modbus protocol commands Command Description Number 1 Correct time 2 Set pass code 3 Set device name 4 Read device name 5 Disable enable meter run 6 Read disable enable setting of meter run 7 Set transaction contract time 8 Read transaction contract time 9 Set signal test 10 Read signal test settings and values 11 Disable enable accumulation calculation of meter run 12 Read disable enable setting of accumulation calculation of meter run 13 Set input parameters Al PI Pulse 14 Read input parameter settings Al PI Pulse 15 Set input parameter alarm range 16 Read input parameter alarm range 17 Set calculation input parameters 18 Read calculation input parameter settings 19 Set gas componen
56. X 700 100 Flow configuration parameters Parameter Name Description Data Type Modbus Address of Meter Run 0 X Enable Bit 0 Enable calculation short 32101 Bit 1 Enable accumulation Bit 2 Parameter modification flag Bit 3 Type of measurement unit 0 imperial 1 metric Bit 4 Hag for usage of the automatic component analysis instrument Callnterval Calculation interval u short 32102 pilnterval BMP base multiplier period u short 32103 dp DPoint Data point configuration differential pressure address or pulse u short 32104 p DPoint Data point configuration static pressure address u short 32105 t DPoint Data point configuration temperature address u short 32106 usAGA Type AGA calculation method u short 32107 0 AGAS 1 AGA7 usTapLocation Tap location u short 32108 0 Upstream 1 Downstream usPressType Pressure type u short 32109 0 Gauge 1 Absolute usZ mode AGA8 methods u short 32110 0 Gas analysis 1 HV GR CO2 2 GR CO2 N2 usOrifice Type Orifice material u short 32111 0 Type 304 and 316 stainless steel 1 Monel 2 Carbon steel usPipe Type Tube material u short 32112 0 Type 304 and 316 stainless steel 1 Monel 2 Carbon steel usGr AGAG relative density condition type u short 32113 0 Real 1 Ideal Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Flow configurat
57. button on the toolbar Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 110 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Open a Project File Follow these steps to open an existing project file 1 In the Start dialog box click Open Project followed by OK x New project Open project Open recent project C Program Files Rockwell Automation DS FloConf v The Open Project dialog box appears Open Project cw B autorun inf Demo ES 1 2 4 Documents and Settings FOUND 000 33 HITECH_ADP Keil 3 MCCM 77 Media MSOCache Program Files D RavBin 2 Recycled DP SmartNrawh Directory CADemot3 Cancel 2 In the Directory box enter the location of the desired project file Alternatively use the tree structure to browse to the location 3 Click Open The selected project file is open in the DS FloConfig window TIP After the DS FloConfig window appears you may also open a project file by choosing Open from the File menu or e clicking the Open button on the toolbar DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 111 Open a Recent Project File Follow these steps to open a recent project 1 In the Start dialog box click Open Recent Project New project C Open project Open recent project C Program Files Rockwell Automation DS FloConf jJ 2 From the l
58. code Calibration location code selected is not valid e nvalid base time units code Base time units code selected is not valid e Flow rate set point too low Value entered for the flow rate set point is too low e ncorrect format Format of the parameter entered is not correct e Density low limit too low Value entered for the density low limit is too low e Write to ROM attempted Writing of data to read only memory is attempted e nvalid units code e nvalid sensor connection code e nvalid trim points units code Units code sent with the trim point is not valid e Invalid trim location code Trim location code selected is not valid e nvalid base mass time units e nvalid base volume time units e Standard deviation too small e Standard factor format Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 222 _DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig First byte when bit 7 0 Command Response Continued Bit 12 Continued Description e D2 too low Value of the second density data is too low e nvalid command number e nvalid density units and calibration point eFlow rate factor too low This bit can mean any of the following e Upper and lower range values out of limits Upper and lower range values are outside of their limits e Range and sensor type not entered Before characterization range and sensor type need to be entered e nvalid number of bytes The Number of Bytes parameter rec
59. commands Effective Value HART Commands Effective Value 0 Read Unique Identifier 1 Read Primary Variable 2 Read P V Current And Percent Of Range 3 Read Dynamic Variable And P V Current 15 Read Transmitter Variables 33 Read Primary Variable Output Information 35 Write Primary Variable Range Values OnlyUsein HART TRIG block Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Effective values of HART commands Continued Effective Value HART Commands DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 1 225 Effective Value 38 Reset Configuration Changed Flag 40 Enter Exit Fixed Primary Variable Current Mode Only Use in HART TRIG block 44 Write Primary Variable Units Only Use in HART TRIG block 40 Read additional Transmitter Status 54 Read Transmitter Variable Information 59 Write Number Of Response Preambles Only Use in HART TRIG block IMPORTANT Command 0 must be configured for each HART device in order for the other commands to work 5 In the Scan Time box enter the number of units and select the time unit to specify the time cycle of scanning HART equipment data For example if you enter 1 for the number of units and select 500 ms for the time unit the scan time will be 1 x 500 ms 500 ms This means that the current HART scan block will be executed every 500 ms 6 In the Send Register box define the register for storing command data 7 In the Re
60. configure TCP IP port settings If you have selected a COM port continue to configure COM port settings Determine the parameters for the serial port of the DataSite controller currently in use From the Baud pull down menu select the baud rate for the COM port In the Slave box enter the slave station numbet Enter the IP address and communication port number In the Delay Time box enter the duration in milliseconds for the delay time Maximum delay time allowed is 1 s or 1000 ms In the Timeout box enter the duration in milliseconds for the timeout Maximum timeout allowed is 10 s or 10000 ms DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 247 9 Click Apply The new settings will take effect After downloading the DNP3 data the DataSite controller will power off and on again automatically Wait for this power cycle to be completed before resuming operation IMPORTANT If NETO or COM is configured as the communication interface for DNP3 then they cannot be used by DS FloConfig DS Settings or Modbus Scan to communicate with the DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 248 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Configure DS DNP3 Use this function to configure DNP3 data points for the DataSite controller Configure the DS DNP3 Database Follow these steps to open the database 1 From the Settings menu in the DS DNP3 window choose Database Alternatively yo
61. day and time is in the format hour minute second Meter Run flow meter channels 0 7 The Meter Run column does not apply to system events Data the events that have occurred Old value previous data associated with the event The Old Value column does not apply to system events New value new data associated with the event The New Value column does not apply to system events Event Types This table provides a list of system events and their descriptions Descriptions of system events System Event Power On Power Off Condition When the DataSite controller powers on When the DataSite controller powers down Contract Time When the contract time in the DataSite controller changes Watchdog Reset When the DataSite controller s watchdog is reset RTC Date When the RTC date of the DataSite controller is calibrated RTC Time Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 When the RTC time of the DataSite controller is calibrated DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 177 This table provides a list of parameter modification events and their descriptions Descriptions of parameter modification events Parameter modification event Condition Meter Run When the meter run is enabled or disabled Unit Type When the unit type U S or Metric is changed Accumulate When the flow meter is set to start or stop accumulation Automatic Components When t
62. end time 3 Click Refresh Sort Event Records You can sort the records by clicking the column headings For example if you click the Time column heading once the records will be sorted in chronological order Clicking the column headings more than once will toggle the sort order For example if you click the Time column heading again the recotds will be sorted in reverse chronological order The following is an example of event records sorted in chronological order ID Type Time Meter Run Data Old Value New Value 192 Sys Event 2009 10 08 15 56 12 Power on 181 Sys Event 2008 10 08 16 56 05 Power off 190 Sys Event 2009 10 08 15 27 57 Power on 188 Sys Event 2008 10 08 15 27 49 Power off 188 Sys Event 2009 09 28 08 48 34 Power on 187 Sys Event 2009 09 28 08 48 27 Power off 185 Modified para 2009 09 27 14 10 47 0 Contract standard ref ratio temperature 50 000000 58 000000 To display the records in unsorted ordet click Refresh Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 176 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Understand the Event Record Format An event record consists of the following components D the serial numbet of the alarm record The range of the ID is 0 65535 Once the number of records exceeds 65535 the ID starts from 0 again Type See the section Event Types on page 176 Time the date and time that the record is created The date is in the format year month
63. is changed Reference T for Relative Density When the reference temperature for relative density is changed Gas Heating Value When the gas heating value is changed Reference T for Gas Heating Value When the reference temperature for the gas heating value is changed Pressure Register When the pressure register is changed Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 178 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Descriptions of parameter modification events Continued Parameter modification event Pressure Data Type Condition When the pressure data type is selected Pressure K Factor When the pressure K factor is changed Pressure B Factor When the pressure B factor is changed Temperature Register When the temperature register is changed Temperature Data Type Temperature K Factor When the temperature data type is selected When the temperature K factor is changed Temperature B Factor When the temperature B factor is changed DP Register When the DP register is changed DP Data Type When the DP data type is selected DP K Factor When the DP k factor is changed DP B Factor When the DP b factor is changed Pulse Register When the pulse register is changed Pulse K Factor When the pulse k factor is changed CHA When the percentage leve
64. is invalid 04 02 is invalid 05 C2H6 is invalid 06 C3H8 is invalid 07 H20 is invalid 08 H2S is invalid 09 H2 is invalid 10 CO is invalid 11 02 is invalid 12 i C4H10 is invalid 13 n C4H10 is invalid 14 i C5H12 is invalid 15 n C5H12 is invalid 16 n C6H14 is invalid 17 n C7H16 is invalid 18 n C8H18 run is invalid 19 n C9H20 is invalid 20 n C10H22 is invalid 21 HE is invalid 22 AR is invalid 23 Total exceeds 10096 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 307 Command Number 20 Read the Gas Component Parameter Use command number 20 to read the settings of the gas components for each meter run Parameters for command number 20 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 20 49026 u_short R Return code 0 OK 49027 u_short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 float R CHA 49037 float R N2 49039 float R C02 49041 float R C2H6 49043 float R C3H8 49045 float R H20 49047 float R 25 49049 float R H2 49051 float R CO 49053 float R 02 49055 float R i C4H10 49057 float R n C4H10 49059 float R i C5H12 49061 float R n C5H12 49063 float R n C6H14 49065 float R n C7H16 49067 float R n C8H18 49069 float R n C9H20 49071 float R n C10H22 49073 float R HE
65. material 0 Type 3048316 stainless steel 1 Monel 2 Carbon Steel 49059 float W Tube diameter 49061 float W Tube reference temperature 49063 Uu short W Relative density type 0 Relative density 1 Ideal density 49064 float W Relative density 49066 float W Reference pressure for measuring relative density 49068 float W Reference temperature for measuring relative density 49070 float W AGAS gas heating value 49072 float W Reference temperature for gas heating value 49074 u_short W Interval for collecting the components from analysis instrument automatically valid only when automatic component analysis instrument setting is enabled Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 300 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Event codes for command number 17 Event Name Event Code EVENT COMPONENT SELECT 16 EVENT INPUT AGA Type 17 EVENT INPUT Z Mode 18 EVENT INPUT INTERVAL 19 EVENT INPUT 20 EVENT INPUT AGA Pb 21 EVENT INPUT AGA Tb 22 EVENT INPUT Cutoff 23 EVENT INPUT P Type 24 EVENT INPUT Barometric 25 EVENT INPUT TapLocation 26 EVENT INPUT Hd Type 27 EVENT INPUT Dr Orifice 28 EVENT INPUT T M dr 29 EVENT INPUT Pd Type 30 EVENT INPUT Dr Tube 31 EVENT INPUT T M Dr 32 EVENT INPUT Gr Type 33 EVENT INPUT Gr 34 EVENT INPUT P M Gr 35 EVENT INPUT T M Gr 36 EVENT INPUT HeatVal 37 EVENT INPUT T M HeatVal 38 EVE
66. mode 2 Click Sys info Basic factory information on the DataSite controller appears in the Information box Controller Initialization Information US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download program information Sn 12345678 Rn 99630544 Hn 0000BC6061D0 P Starting 51758 DLoad Start UDP P DownLoading Sup1758 EC13 DownLoad UDP H Information NT HART 232 485 232 AIBAO2DISDO4PI3 HRN 1 60 P Information 1758 FRN 1 10 O Communication Test O Connect Controller O System Initialization Register initialization AGA Parameter Initialization Run AGA Files Initialization orkbench Initialization i ose O File System Initialization L1 DS Workbench Initializati carini DNP3 Initialization Set 3 Click Run 4 Click Close and then exit the Service mode Clear Status Message Follow this step to clear all the status messages in the Information box e Click Clear info Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 196 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Configure the Scan Settings For integrated modules such as the DataSite controller the master ports can directly read write parameters by accessing the fixed Modbus registers We need to set scan blocks of US1 and US2 only when we want to access other pieces of equipment connected with the two serial ports COM1 COM2 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Use Scan
67. of the slave station will report the event data to the master station proactively Self reporting on changes under polling The master station will scan all or part of the static data from equipment of slave station and scan event data at periodic intervals such as slow scanning of static data quick scanning of event data Polling The master station only scans all or part of the static data SDNP3 Channel and Session An SDNP3 channel is the physical SDNP3 communication connection such as a network port or a serial port An SDNP3 session is the logical communication links established between master station and a slave station of SDNP3 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 240 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Master1 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Course0 SDNP3 Channels and Sessions Channel 0 Master3 Session 2 Master2g k Channel 0 RS232 Port Physical connection Chanel O0 SessionO Channel 0 Network Port SDNP3 RTU Each channel can establish multiple session links Each session has an independent master station number The session master station numbers among different channels can be the same SDNP3 has a physical channel The largest session number of each channel is fout DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 241 SDNP3 Data Objects This table lists the types of SDNP3 data objects and their descriptions
68. of Getting Gas Component Parameters from the Gas Component Analyzer 319 Command Number 30 Acknowledge Alarms 319 Command Number 31 Acknowledge 320 Chapter 5 R gister Addresses si cime e en a p i omi RR EUER TR 324 1758 FLO DataSite 324 Information Variables i Suiv ares E membre ET 325 Short Integer Variables ed Ie 325 Long Integer Vana bles e Petites es ceded pea Rete EY V ene 329 Floating Point Variables 329 Hourly and Daily 337 Eventand Logs oid ob 339 Chapter 6 Global Eyent andor citm eot vr ath tales ied 343 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 12 Table of Contents Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Chapter 1 Introduction DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings This chapter provides information on the configuration settings utility DS Settings IMPORTANT Use this tool to configure the 1758 RTU DataSite controllers only DS Settings is a configuration software for 1758 RTU DataSite controllers DS Settings provides the following functions PC Communication Settings This function lets you set up the communication mode and parameters for the DataSite controller to be connected to the PC via the serial port ot the Ethernet port Controller C
69. of differential pressure modified 48 Differential pressure data type modified 49 Differential pressure K factor modified 50 Differential pressure B factor modified 51 Register address of pulse modified 52 Pulse data type modified 53 Pulse K factor modified 54 CH4 component level modified 55 N2 component level modified 56 C02 component level modified 57 C2H6 component level modified 58 C3H8 component level modified 59 H20 component level modified 60 H2S component level modified 61 H2 component level modified 62 CO component level modified 63 02 component level modified 64 iC4H10 component level modified 65 nC4H10 component level modified Global Event Codes for Modbus Protocols 345 Codes for parameter modification events Continued Code Parameter Modification Event 66 iC5H12 component level modified 67 nC5H12 component level modified 68 nC6H14 component level modified 69 nC7H16 component level modified 70 nC8H18 component level modified 71 nC9H20 component level modified 72 nC10H22 component level modified 73 HE component level modified 74 AR component level modified 75 Cut off pulse modified 76 Interval for collecting components analysis instrument Others Reserved Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 346 Global Event Codes for Modbus Protocols Notes Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides tech
70. open a recent project see Open a Recent Project File Create a New Project File Follow these steps to create a new project file 1 In the Start dialog box click New Project followed by OK New project Open project Open recent project C Program Files Rockwell Automation DS FloConf v Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 2 3 5 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 109 The New Project dialog box appears Hew Project autorun inf Demo Documents and Settings FOUND 000 a HITECH_ADP Keil MCCM 77 Media MSOCache Program Files RavBin 2 Recycled O SmartDraw6 SmartSound Software Starling Associates GOFW2008 Texas Instruments ac 778 WinavR Directory Project Device name Cancel In the Directory box enter the location you want to store the new project file in Alternatively use the tree structure to browse to the desired location In the Project Name box enter a name for the project file In the Device Name box enter a name for the device The length of the name cannot exceed eight characters Click Create A new ptoject file is created in the location you specified and the DS FloConfig window appears TIP After the DS FloConfig window appears you may also create a new project file by choosing New from the File menu or clicking the New
71. points to be accessed They are mapped as below Modbus addresses for 1 0 hardware Name Data Type Modbus Address Attribute DIO BOOL 10001 RO BOOL 10002 RO DI2 BOOL 10003 RO DI3 BOOL 10004 RO DIA BOOL 10005 RO DIS BOOL 10006 RO DI6 BOOL 10007 RO DI7 BOOL 10008 RO 018 BOOL 10009 RO 019 BOOL 10010 RO DI10 BOOL 10011 RO DOO BOOL RW 01 BOOL 2 RW D02 BOOL 3 RW BOOL 4 RW Ald U_SHORT 30001 RO SHORT 30002 RO Al2 U_SHORT 30003 RO AI3 SHORT 30004 RO Al4 U_SHORT 30005 RO Alb U_SHORT 30006 RO Al6 U_SHORT 30007 RO Al7 U_SHORT 30008 RO A00 U SHORT 40001 RW A01 U SHORT 40002 RW PIO U_INT 30011 30012 RO PI U INT 30013 30014 RO 2 U INT 30015 30016 RO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 270 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Modbus Registers used by the 1758 FLO Controllers The following registers are used by the 1758 FLO controllers for configuration display and data archival These registers are described in the following sections Modbus addresses for the 1758 FLO controllers Modbus Address Register Contents 30081 30082 Firmware version 30083 30084 Hardware version 30091 30097 Real time clock RTC 30101 30900 Calculation results 1 30901 32100 Reserved by the controller 32101 32900
72. qm yesterday Mass quantity for the previous day float 30139 30140 qvn yesterday Volume quantity in base conditions for the previous day float 30141 30142 qvf yesterday Volume quantity in flowing conditions for the previous day float 30143 30144 qm all Total quantity of mass flow u int 30145 30146 qvn all Total quantity of volume at base conditions u int 30147 30148 qvf all Total quantity of volume at flowing conditions u int 30149 30150 Ftime today cntDay Total flow time of the previous day u int 30157 30158 cntDay add Total flow time of the current day u int 30159 30160 Ftime_thishour Total flow time of last hour u_int 30161 30162 cntHour cntHour_add Total flow time of the current hour u_int 30163 30164 Intermediate results Zb Natural gas compressibility factor in base conditions float 30165 30166 Zf Natural gas compressibility factor in flowing conditions float 30167 30168 Gr Real relative density float 30177 30178 EXT Square root of the product of static pressure and differential pressure float 30199 30200 This is also the uncorrected volume AGAT Publication 1758 UMO002D EN P October 2010 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 273 Modbus addresses for calculation results block 2 Meter Run Starting Address Parameter Address Number Address 0 33101 X 50 1 33151 X 50 50 2 33201 X 100 50 3 33251 150 50 4 33301 200
73. read the RTC 1 Under FLO Time if you want the time to be read continuously select the Continuously check box 2 Under FLO Time click Read Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 122 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig The current date and time of the RTC appears gt FLO Time Continuously Year a Month E ow Hour Minute Second Calibrate the Real Time Clock RTC Follow these steps to calibrate the RTC 1 Under Time Set enter the date and time in the corresponding boxes You can also use the current PC time by selecting the Use PC Time check box 2 Under Time Set click Set The RTC is set to the date and time entered r Time Set UsePC Time Year 2008 monn 8 4 Hu 8 i Minute 294 Second i Set You should calibrate the RTC after initializing the DataSite controller TIP Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 123 Set the Contract Time Contract time is the start time in a contract day This is when the DataSite controller starts taking and recording measurements The default contract time is 8 0 0 Follow this step to display the current contract time Under Contract Time click Read Contract time Follow these steps to set the contract time 1 Under Contract Time enter the desired contract time in the Hour and Minute boxes
74. the PC Click Save If the settings are saved successfully the message Save into file successful will be displayed in the status bar The settings are saved to the file HART Block Parametet hrt by default Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 75 Upload the HART Settings from the Controller Follow this step to upload read HART settings from the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can upload the settings Click Upload Download the HART Settings to the Controller Follow this step to download write HART settings to the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can download the settings e Click Download Clear the Error Count Follow this step to clear the error count in HART scan data block of controller e Click Clear Err Close the HART Settings Dialog Box Follow this step to close the HART Settings dialog box e Click Exit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Configure Event Settings Use Event Settings to configure these four types of RTC interruption events e System events e Alarm events e Calendar events e Time events Configuring these events in the Event Settings dialog box is equivalent to programming the corresponding function blocks in DataSite Workbench e System events EV SEC e Alarm events E
75. the field device multidrop mode When in multidrop mode this command cannot be performed The analog output is deactivated and cannot be used when the polling address is set to a value within the range of 1 15 Invalid sensor type code Sensor type code selected is not valid e nvalid sensor material code Sensor material code selected is not valid e nvalid base volume units code Base volume units code selected is not valid e nvalid base flow units code Base flow units code selected is not valid e Flow rate set point too high Value entered for the flow rate set point is too high e Density low limit too high Value entered for the density low limit is too high e Access denied Access to this part of the memory is not allowed e nvalid transmitter variable code Invalid item number e nvalid wetted material code e Standard deviation too large e D2 too high Value of the second density data is too high e nstrument in sample mode e nvalid calibration point e Flow rate factor too high e nvalid analog output HOLD code 12 This bit can mean any of the following Upper range value too low Upper range value is less than the lower sensor limit Invalid characterization Characterization of the sensor is not valid e nvalid number of wires Number of wires on the sensor is not valid e nvalid calibration point units code Units code sent with the calibration point is not valid Invalid calibration location
76. to Register Address Sca Scan Time Scan time refers to the read write time interval of a scan block You can use the trigger scan function for COM port by programming the function block COM_MSG in DataSite Workbench The following units of time are available Note that ms represents milliseconds s seconds m minutes and h hours e 50 ms e 500 ms e5s e 50s e5m e 50m e5h e 50h Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 38 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 The scan time is equal to the value multiplied by the unit selected For example if the value entered is 3 and the unit selected is 500 ms then the scan time is 3 x 500 ms 1500 ms as shown in the following dialog box This means that the current scan block will be executed every 1500 ms Scan Edit No Block Type US1 Block Cancel Address 1 E Signal Type Read_Coil Register Scan Time 1 E Unit 50ms v Master Register 10001 Slave Register 10011 Reg_Num 10 Remark Scanning starts when the DataSite controller is powered and it continues according to the scan time you have set Master Register This is the start address of the register on the DataSite controller Data is saved into the master register starting from this address The address range is determined by the signal type Slave Register This is the start address of the register on th
77. to close the message box 7 Click Download The configuration is downloaded into the controller At the same time the message Download successful appears 8 Click OK to close the message box TIP The total number of hourly records is 1080 36 x 30 The rules of hourly historical records logged 1 A record will be logged in every hour giving a total of 24 records in a day 2 Whenever a parameter is changed a new hourly record will be created However only one record is created within an hour and a total of six additional records in a day Variables for Hourly Historical Records This table shows the variables you can select for logging in the hourly historical records Variable Description av P Hourly average value of pressure av T Hourly average value of temperature av DP PI Hourly average value of differential pressure AGAS in H20 at 60 F or pulse input count per second AGA7 in counts s Density Average real relative density for the current hour Flow time Flow time for the current hour qvn Volume flow quantity of the last hour in base conditions qvf Volume flow quantity of the last hour in flowing conditions qm Mass flow quantity of the last hour EXT Uncorrected Hourly average of Flow Extension or Uncorrected Flow Volume volume Energy Reserved The value is zero Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 156 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS
78. value float point 0 Variable 0 unit code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 Variable 1 unit code 8 bit unsigned integer 2 Variable 2 unit code 8 bit unsigned integer 3 Variable 4 unit code 8 bit unsigned integer HART state register Command 0 state 0 1 state 1 35 Purpose Write Primary Variable Range Values Send register 40 Primary Variable 0 code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 2 Primary Variable upper range value float point 3 4 Primary Variable lower range value float point Return register Not used Unit register Not used HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 38 Purpose Reset Configuration Changed Flag Send register Not used Return register Not used Unit register Not used HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 40 Purpose Enter Exit Fixed Primary Variable Current Mode Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 62 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Description of HART commands Continued Send register 0 1 Actual fixed Primary Variable current level units of milliamperes float point Return register Not used Unit register Not used HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 Command 44 Purpose Write Primary Variable Units Send register 0 Primary Variable units code 8 bit unsigned integer Return regi
79. will occur and the value in the alarm event is the current value of the signal In the case of a high limit alarm if the value of the detected current signal is less than the high limit of the alarm minus the dead band of the alarm the high limit alarm disappears When the signal variable is less than the Lo limit of the alarm a low limit alarm will occur and the value of the alarm event is the current value of the signal In the case of a low limit alarm if the value of the detected current signal is more than the low limit of the alarm plus the dead band value the low limit alarm disappears High alarm occurs High alarm disappears High alarm limit Dead Band High alarm limit High value Low alarm disappears Low alarm limit Low value Dead Band Low alarm limit Low alarm occurs If the current flow meter is AGA3 set the Hi Limit Lo Limit and Dead Band of the DP differential pressure If itis AGAT set the Hi Limit Lo Limit and Dead Band of the PI pulse count IMPORTANT DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 163 Enable an Alarm Configuration Follow these steps to enable an alarm configuration 1 In the Alarm Config dialog box double click the alarm configuration you want to enable The Alarm Configuration dialog box appears Alarm Configuration Index Meter Run Variable Hi Limit Lo Limit Dead Band 2 Enter the values for Hi Limit Lo Limit a
80. 0 0 000000 9 Run3 DP P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Meter Runt 10 Run3 P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 a 11 Run3T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Download 12 Run4 DP P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Meter Run3 13 Run4 P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 a MEM 14 Run4 T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 15 Runs DP P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 a Meter RunS 16 Runs P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 H a 17 Runs T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 18 Run amp DP P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 E Meter RunT 19 Run amp P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 m 9 20 Run amp T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 21 Run 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Run P 0 000000 10 000000 100 000000 5 000000 E F Ready TIP The alarm variables indexed from 24 65 support only the float data type Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 166 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Disable an Alarm Configuration Follow these steps to disable an alarm configuration block for fixed variables indexed from 0 23 1 Double click the fixed variable alarm configuration you want to disable 2 Cleat the Enable check box Alarm Configuration Index Meter Run Variable Hi Limit Lo Limit Dead Band 3 Click OK Follow these steps to disable an alarm configuration block for user variables indexed from 24 63 1 Double click the user variable alarm configuration you want to disable 2 Clear the Enable
81. 1 7 2 0 3 35 41801 41821 41841 41861 Understand HART Commands Some of the variables read from HART equipment are 32 bit floating point values Every floating point value is stored in two continuous data registers The higher 16 bits of this value will be stored in the register with a higher address and the lower 16 bits of this value will be stored in the register with a lower address For example if a 32 bit double precision IEEE floating point number such as 1234 5678 is to be stored two registers such as register 40108 and register 40109 can be combined to store the number In hexadecimal 1234 5678 is 449A 552B The DataSite controller will store 449A in register 40109 and 522B in register 40108 Hegisters Used in HART Commands The following table lists the number of registers used in each HART command for the four register types namely Send Return Unit and HART state Number of registers used in each HART command Command Description Number of registers Send register Return register Unit register HART state register 0 Read Unique Identifier 0 10 0 2 1 Read Primary Variable 0 2 1 2 2 Read P V Current And Percent Of Range 0 4 0 2 3 Read Dynamic Variable And P V Current 0 10 4 2 15 Read Transmitter Variables 0 10 0 2 33 Read Primary Variable Output Information 4 12 4 2 35 Write Primary Variable Range Values 9 0 0 2 38 Reset Configuration Changed Flag 0 0 0 2 40 Enter Exit Fixed Primary Variable Cur
82. 1 0 000000 2009 10 08 16 59 00 Lo limited 40001 0 000000 display the records in unsorted order click Refresh Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 172 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Understand the Alarm Record Format An alarm record consists of the following components D the serial numbet of the alarm record The range of the ID is 0 65535 Once the number of records exceeds 65535 the ID starts from 0 again e Time the date and time that the record is created The date is in the format year month day and time is in the format hour minute second Type See the following table Descriptions of alarm event types e Variable Three fixed variables for each meter run and 40 variables for user defined registers e Value the current value of the variable Alarm Event Types This table provides a list of alarm event types and their descriptions Descriptions of alarm event types Event Type Hi limit Lo limit Hi recovery Lo recovery Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Variable or Registers DP PI T P or 30001 49999 Conditions The differential pressure AGA3 or the pulse count per second 7 is higher than the Hi limit for meter run 0 7 The differential pressure AGA3 or the pulse count per second 7 is lower than the Lo limit for meter run 0 7 The differential pressure AGA3 or the pulse count per second AG
83. 10 Recovery Run0 DP P 120 000000 4 2009 09 18 13 29 09 Lo limited 40008 0 000000 t a Meter Run2 3 2009 09 18 13 29 09 Lo limited 40001 0 000000 x dili meter nas 2 2009 09 18 13 29 09 Lo limited Run DP P 0 000000 1 2009 09 18 13 29 09 Lo limited Runo T 0 000000 t a Meter Rund 0 2009 09 18 13 29 09 Lo limited Run DP P 0 000000 Meter Run5 E Meter Run amp Iv Ready Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 171 An alternative method of retrieving the event records is by using the toolbar 1 From the Start Time pull down menu choose the start time for the event records Upload From FLO Start time 2009 9 28 Endtime 2008 9 28 Refresh 2 From the End Time pull down menu choose the end time 3 Click Refresh Sort Alarm Event Records You can sort the records by clicking the column headings For example if you click the Time column heading once the records will be sorted in chronological order Clicking the column headings more than once will togele the sort order For example if you click the Time column heading again the recotds will be sorted in reverse chronological order The following is an example of event records sorted in chronological order 5 Time Variable Value 120 000000 2009 09 18 14 07 08 Run0 DP PI 2009 09 25 15 42 01 Lo limited 40008 0 000000 2009 09 25 18 01 19 Lo limited 4000
84. 100 0 pe Upload Device Info Exit Settings Resource Num 00 11 25 48 29 8 1 Power Enable Register IP Settings COMI NET Subnet Mask Ethernet 299 459 239 000 MAC Address 00 11 25 48 29 E8 Cancel IV LED IP Address 192 168 100 075 Port No 2 Set up the parameters of the selected TCP IP port This table shows the value range for each parameters TCP IP port parameters Parameter Parameter Value Range NET Ethernet card NETO MAC address XX XX XX XX XX XX 6 integers in hexadecimal format For example 00 00 BC 60 61 D0 The MAC address is read only IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 4 octets with each octet ranging from 0 255 Port no 502 The port number of DS Settings TCP IP port is defined as 502 when the PC is connected to the DataSite controller TIP If you change the IP address the DataSite controller will cycle power automatically Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 26 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 3 save the settings and close the TCP IP Settings dialog box click OK To close the dialog box without saving the settings click Cancel Register IP Settings The subnet mask and default gateway settings allow you to determine the DataSite controllers that you want to establish communication with in the network This allows you to manage your network mote efficiently Controller Communication Settings Inf
85. 2010 272 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Parameters in calculation results block 1 Parameter Name Description Data Type Modbus Addresses for Meter Run 0 Parameters X DP PI Differential pressure real time acquisition value AGAS only float u int 30101 30102 pulse count real time acquisition value sec AGA7 only Static pressure real time acquisition value float 30103 30104 i Temperature real time acquisition value float 30105 30106 avh dp Average differential pressure for the hour float 30107 30108 avh p Average static pressure for the hour float 30109 30110 avh t Average temperature for the hour float 30111 30112 avd dp Average differential pressure for the day float 30113 30114 avd p Average static pressure for the day float 30115 30116 avd t Average temperature for the day float 30117 30118 pi pre Total number of pulses for the previous second int 30119 30120 qmh Transient mass hour flow rate float 30121 30122 qvbh Transient volume hour flow rate base condition float 30123 30124 qvfh Transient volume hour flow rate flowing condition float 30125 30126 qm today Mass quantity for the current day float 30127 30128 qvn today Volume quantity in base conditions for the current day float 30129 30130 qvf today Volume quantity in flowing conditions for the current day float 30131 30132
86. 22 23 24 L 25 26 27 lt gt x Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 228 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 4 Click Paste to paste the copied block FEDS FLoConfig bc6061d0 Hart C Demo 2 File Edit View Operation Help ee Bw 25 Communication NO Channel Address Comm Scantime Send Regist Return Re Unit Regis State Register Err Num Insert E Commmicatio j 1 0 2 500ms _ 40001 40011 40021 40031 vo 500 40001 40017 40021 1 tistory 2 5 3 a Sarns 6 Paste Rand 7 6 x disse nai 8 Multi Paste dH meter 10 X 12 E Meter Rund 13 Save 14 nus 15 Upload xo dH meter nus 18 17 Runt T Download OES 19 20 Q confie 21 __ 22 23 24 25 24 25 26 27 v 3i lt amp Ready If you are pasting over a row that already contains a block the following dialog box appeats x A These modules have already been configured Are you sure you want to overwrite Click Yes to overwrite the block or No to cancel the pasting Paste a HART Scan Block to Multiple Rows Use the Multi Paste function to paste a HART scan block to multiple rows This function works in the same way as the Multi Paste function in the Scan Settings dialog box For details see Paste a Scan Block to Mul
87. 25 lt gt lt gt lt gt Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 1 205 If you want to paste over a row that already contains a block the new scan block will be added automatically after the last scan block Paste a Scan Block to Multiple Rows The Multi Paste function allows you to paste a copied block to multiple rows Follow these steps to paste a copied block to multiple rows 1 Select the block you want to copy and paste 2 Click Copy to copy the block PE Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Scan Config C 1 File Edit View Operation Help ele gt PC Communication E No Block Ty Address Signal Type Scan Ti Master Register Slave Register Reg Num Err Cnt Err Stati Insert Sg FLO Communicatie 0 051 Block 1 e Wrile Hold Re 1 500 40007 d 1 2 Delete OB events 4 5 EH a Alaras 6 Paste GM meter Rund 7 Runt Multi Paste Runz 10 7 11 oad 12 Meter Rund 13 Save xod meter nas 15 Upload xod meter Runs 16 17 dH meter Runt 18 Download Hart 19 A 20 CES 2 Clear Err_Cnt 22 23 24 3 25 v lt gt lt lt gt Ready Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 206 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 3 Select the frst row you want to pas
88. 3 49999 view the address ranges for the 1758 FLO controllers see Chapter 4 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 250 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 3 To edit the values in the Register Event Val or Description fields click Modify and enter the new values For example if you want to change the register address for a data point click Modify and enter the new value in the Modify dialog box that appears Delete Modi 30001 16 Bit Cla UL Click Modify to modify the signal type data type storage type and event type for a recotd You can select a different option for each attribute from its pull down menu in the Modify dialog box Signal Type String Register 41001 Session0 Data Type String 20 Session Storage Type HL z Session2 Event Type Class3 Session3 Event Value String Object Value String Length 0 Read Write Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 251 The following table provides a description of the options for these attributes Options for Signal Type Data Type Storage Type and Event Type Attribute Option Signal Type Al AO DI DO PI and String Only AO and DO have a local flag Set the flag when some or all of the outstation s digital output points are in the Local state
89. 350 5071 5080 Longinteger Meter run 7 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 70 7701 7800 Float Meter run 7 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 700 Hourly and Daily History Enron Modbus houtly daily archive registers are used to read the hourly and daily logs on the 1758 FLO DataSite controller The records are read one at a time Each hourly and daily recotd has a fixed length with 64 float data bytes in the following format as shown in the table Format of hourly and daily records Field Size Type Description Date 4 FLOAT Log date MMDDYY 0 Time 4 FLOAT Log time HHMMSS 0 P_avg 4 FLOAT Average pressure T_avg 4 FLOAT Average temperature DP_avg 4 FLOAT Average differential pressure or meter pulses Gr 4 FLOAT Relative density Flow time 4 FLOAT Run time yesterday Volume_B 4 FLOAT Total volume at base conditions Volume_F 4 FLOAT Total volume at flowing conditions Volume_M 4 FLOAT Total mass Extension 4 FLOAT Extension or uncorrected flow volume 0 Energy 4 FLOAT Energy VARI 4 FLOAT User defined variable Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 338 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Format of hourly and daily records Continued Field Size Type Description VAR2 4 F
90. 49075 float R AR Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 308 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 There is no event code for command number 20 Return codes for command number 20 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 21 Reset Accumulation Use command number 21 to clear accumulation to zero for one meter run Parameters for command number 21 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 short RW 21 49026 u_short R Return code 49027 u_ short Meter run 0 7 49028 int W Pass code for user There is no event code for command number 21 Return codes for command number 21 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 22 Get Daily History Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 309 Use command number 22 to get daily history data Parameters for command number 22 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 22 49026 u_short W Return code 0 OK 49027 u_short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 u_short W Start date index 1 35 1 Yesterday 2 The day before yesterday 49031 u_short W Number of records you want to get 1 8
91. 58 UM002D EN P October 2010 Modbus Registers for Contract Time The contract time is the time when daily records are saved Modbus registers for contract time Description Data Type Contract hour u_short Contract minute u_short Modbus Address 32901 32902 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 271 Modbus Registers for the Power Shutdown Time These registers record the previous shutdown time of the controller Modbus registers for power shutdown time Description Data Type Modbus Address Hour for power off Uu short 32911 Minute for power off Uu short 32912 Second for power off Uu short 32913 Modbus Registers for Reading Gas Component Parameters The gas component parameters can be read from a gas component analyzer automatically by using Modbus Master scan blocks Refer to Settings on page 35 for details on using the Modbus Master scan block The registers on the following table are used for saving the parameters read from the gas component analyzer Modbus registers for reading gas component parameter Modbus Addresses in 1758 FLO Controller Description Datasite FLO used user defined register register when using Modbus Master Scan 32159 32200 48001 48050 Component of meter run 0 see Offset structure table on page 277 32259 32300 48051 48100 Component of meter run 1 32359 32400 48101 48150 Component of mete
92. 58 UM002D EN P October 2010 Parameters for command number 30 Continued Address Data Type Attribute Description 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 Reserved Reserved There is no event code for command number 30 Return codes for command number 30 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 31 Acknowledge Events Use command number 31 to acknowledge all the new events in the event log The controller will clear the flag for all the new events after receiving this command Parameters for command number 31 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 short RW 31 49026 short R Return code 49027 Reserved 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 Reserved Reserved There is no event code for command number 31 Return codes for command number 31 Return Code Description 00 OK 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 321 Notes Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 322 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Chapter 5 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller The Modbus protocol is designed as a means to communicate control data between controllers and sensors using a
93. 59 49037 Uu short Reserved There is no event code for command number 8 Return codes for command number 8 Return Code Description 00 OK 100 Pass code is wrong Other Invalid Command Number 9 Set Up the Input Signal Test Use command number 9 to set up the input signal test for one meter run Parameters for command number 9 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 9 49026 u_short R Return code 49027 u_short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u_short W Whether differential pressure or pulse tested 0 No test 1 Test 49036 u_short W Whether static pressure tested 0 No test 1 Test 49037 u_short W Whether temperature tested 0 No test 1 Test 49038 float W Differential pressure or pulse test value 49040 float W Static pressure test value 49042 float W Temperature test value Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 290 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO There is no event code for command number 9 Return Codes for Command number 9 Return Code 00 Description OK 01 Meter run is invalid 02 The value for differential pressure or pulse tested is invalid 03 The value for static pressure tested is invalid 04 The value for temperature tested is invalid 100 Pass code is wrong Other Invalid Command N
94. 6 0 018186 C3H8 0 004596 H20 0 25 0 2 0 CO 0 02 0 iC4H10 0 000977 nC4H10 0 001007 iC5H12 0 000473 nC5H12 0 000324 nC6H14 0 000664 nC7H16 0 nC8H18 0 nC9H20 0 nC10H22 0 HE 0 AR 0 Pulse Cutoff 0 Follow these steps to reset all the AGA flow parameters to their default values 1 Set the controller into the Service mode 2 Select the AGA Parameter Initialization check box 3 Click Set The new settings are downloaded to the controller 4 Click Run and exit the service mode Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 193 Rebuild the AGA Files Follow these steps to clear all the history and event records 1 2 3 Set the controller into the Service mode Select the AGA File Initialization check box Click Set All the history and event records are cleared Click Run and exit the service mode Delete the DataSite Workbench Program Follow these steps to delete the DataSite Workbench program that is on the DataSite controller 1 2 3 Set the controller into the Service mode Select the DS Workbench Initialization check box Click Set The DataSite Workbench program is deleted from the DataSite controller Click Run and exit the service mode Clear the DNP3 Parameters Follow these steps to clear the values of the DNP3 parameters 1 2 3 Set the controller into the Service mode Select the DNP3 Initial
95. 600 189426 20 166033 00 7 To display the records in unsorted ordet click Refresh DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 161 Configure Alarm Events Before the DataSite controller can start recording alarm events from alarm signals you need to configure the alarm triggers and download this configuration to the controller Open the Alarm Config dialog box Follow these steps to open the Alarm Config dialog box 1 In the configuration tree double click Events Alternatively you can click the before Events to expand the Events tree 2 Click Alarm Config The Alarm Config dialog box appears PE Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Alarm Config C Demo 2 File Edit View Qperation Help 5 er E Communication 5 a Index Variable Hi Limit Lo Limit Dead band Enable insert z9 FLO Communi ceti g Run DP PI 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Eod FLO RIC 1 Run P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Delete 2 Run T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 History 3 Runt DP PI 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 o Events 4 Runt P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Save uen 5 Runt T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 6 Run2 DP PI 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Load o Alarm Confi 7 Run2P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 8 Run2 T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 HE eter 9 Run3 DP PI 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 uas Runt 10 Run3 P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 x dime 11 Run3 T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Download 12 R
96. 758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 41 Edit a Scan Block Follow these steps to edit a scan block 1 In the Scan Settings dialog box double click the scan block you want to edit The Edit dialog box appears x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 2 Enter the values for the scan block parameters See the table Scan block parameters and their descriptions on page 35 3 To save the changes and close the Edit dialog box click OK To close the Edit dialog box without saving click Cancel Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 42 Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Insert a Scan Block Follow these steps to insert a scan block 1 In the Scan Settings dialog box select a scan block 2 Click Insert An Invalid scan block is created and inserted above the block you selected in Step 1 Scan Settings Sema Stal E tasters Sta 2 Reg x dBlock 1 Invali BTO tih Multi Paste Upload Clear Err g ETE Exit 3 Double click the block to edit it 4 To save the changes and close the Edit dialog box click OK To close the Edit dialog box without saving click Cancel Delete a Scan Block Follow these steps to delete a scan block 1 Select the block you want to delete 2 Click Delete dialog box prompting you to confirm the deletion appears 3 To confir
97. 94 Reset the Register retro rd d etie rores 95 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Table of Contents 7 Reset the DNP3 95 Test the C mmu nicaton uto die ioe ees etes 96 Initialize the File Syster d eee LA b ete 99 Display System 101 Clear the Status Messages 102 Allocate p A AA 103 Read and Write 103 Modbus Register for 104 Chapter 2 Tatoduc o nassi dvies iid Aree E E EEEE ee RS oe Stu 107 Hardware and Software 107 Start DS PIoCOBI TIG s 1er e petris aab ed boa 108 Create a New Project File cc iS ees e eR ES 108 Opena Project iit ceret d uie eter E 110 Open Recent Project 111 Close DS FICC OM ebd dde Or OR ter DR ies 111 Configure PC Communication Settings 112 Open the PC Communication Dialog 112 Set Up 112 Configure FLO Communication 115 Open the FLO Communication Dialog 115 Configure Serial Port 116 Configure TCP IP
98. 99 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers HART State Addr Register for storing HART equipment state returned Effective range is 40003 49999 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers Err Cnt Number of times an error occurs After the HART scan block is configured if there is no connection with the slave device or if communication fails this value will be incremented by 1 after each scan cycle This value is updated whenever Upload is clicked Err State Error state of HART scan block configuration IMPORTANT If the Err State value is 1 it means the communication has failed A value of 0 indicates that the communication is OK HART scan data blocks are configured in sequence and each block has a corresponding number The maximum number of modules is 128 When one data block is an empty block all the blocks configured after this empty data block will be invalid Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 58 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Here is an example of a HART configuration list NO HART Channel Address Comm Scan Ti Send Regist Return Re Unit Regis HART State 0 0 1 0 34 41101 41121 41141 41161 1 0 1 1 34 41201 41221 41241 41251 2 0 2 0 34 41301 41321 41341 41351 3 0 2 3 35 41401 41421 41441 41451 4 1 35 41501 41521 41541 41551 5 1 0 3 35 41601 41521 41541 41551 6 2 0 0 35 41701 41721 41741 4176
99. A7 is lower than the Hi limit minus the dead band for meter run 0 7 The differential pressure AGA3 or the pulse count per second 7 is higher than the Lo limit plus dead band for meter run 0 7 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 173 View Event Records Events include system events and modifications to parameters Follow these steps to display the Events log 1 In the configuration tree click Events PE Ds FLoConfig bc60aff9 Events C Demo 1 denol File Edit View Operation Help ES 00 Siu PC Communication s Hu oin Upload From FLO Starttime 2009 10 10 Endtime 2009 10 10 Refiesh eS FLO RIC g History jio Te Time MeterRun osa Old Value Events Meter Run Meter Runl Meter Run2 T a Meter Run3 Meter Rund a Meter Run5 a Meter Runb Xo meter Run Ready 2 Click Upload from FLO The following dialog box appears Upload Logs From FLO Log Range Cancel C Upload All Logs Just Upload New Logs 3 Click Upload All Logs or Just Upload New Logs Click OK Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 174 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig The uploading will take some time The length of time depends on the number of event records stored on the DataSite controller While the uploading is in progress some information appears in the status bar The following
100. ATA A aderit 81 Upload Event Settings from the 81 Download Event Settings from the Controller 81 Save the Event oap ede x en ep t Ae poc d 82 Load th Event Settings Der pdt Od ed he d a S ee ia 82 Close the Event Settings Dialog 82 Debug the Controller Programs 83 Open the Controller Debug Dialog 83 Toggle between Online and Offline Debugging 84 Set the Scan Time for the Online Debugging Mode 85 Add a Register Groups cv EE ree us eee de vd 85 Deleted Register Group as sida Six anaemia eo CEP ER Re ET Os 86 Rename a Register 86 Add SG a cere etre A AE EEA 86 Edita Resister BE cach Aa asm ee sie 88 Delete A Beotst eos co E o b IO PUES E RE E 88 Read the Controller Run Parameters 89 Clear Error Codes rirani kie d lena EA 90 Adjast th Systemi TMe ein ederet do tree osae pi 91 Close the Controller Debug Dialog Box 91 Initialize the a e Cat AP ae e ASTRA 92 Open the Controller Initialize Dialog 92 Switch Controller into Service Mode 92 Initialize DataSite Workbench 94 Reset the Controller Communication
101. Address Data Type Attribute Description 49039 float W C02 49041 float W C2H6 49043 float W C3H8 49045 float W H20 49047 float W 25 49049 float W H2 49051 float W co 49053 float W 02 49055 float W i C4H10 49057 float W n C4H10 49059 float W i C5H12 49061 float W n C5H12 49063 float W n C6H14 49065 float W n C7H16 49067 float W n C8H18 49069 float W n C9H20 49071 float W n C10H22 49073 float W HE 49075 float W AR Event code for command number 19 Event Name Event Code EVENT_COMPOSE_01 54 EVENT_COMPOSE_02 55 EVENT_COMPOSE_03 56 EVENT_COMPOSE_04 57 EVENT COMPOSE 05 58 EVENT COMPOSE 06 59 EVENT COMPOSE 07 60 EVENT COMPOSE 08 61 EVENT COMPOSE 09 62 EVENT COMPOSE 10 63 EVENT COMPOSE 11 64 EVENT COMPOSE 12 65 EVENT COMPOSE 13 66 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 305 Event code for command number 19 Continued Event Name Event Code EVENT COMPOSE 14 67 EVENT COMPOSE 15 68 EVENT COMPOSE 16 69 EVENT COMPOSE 17 70 EVENT COMPOSE 18 71 EVENT COMPOSE 19 72 EVENT COMPOSE 20 73 EVENT COMPOSE 21 74 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 306 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Return codes for command number 19 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 02 is invalid 03 N2
102. Communication js NO Channel Address Comm Scantime Send Regist Return Re Unit Regis State Register Err Num Insert m FLO Communicatio 0 Empty i FLO RIC 5 Delete H B History 3 o Events 4 5 o Alarms 6 a Meter Run 7 8 T Meter Runi 9 T Meter Run2 10 11 Load Hi meter 12 Meter Rund 13 Save 14 n CHM meter Runs 15 Upload T a Meter Runb 16 Eu 17 Meter RunT 18 Download E p 20 seen Contis 21 pel Lae 22 23 24 25 26 27 lt gt lt a lt gt Ready Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 211 This table provides a description of the column headers in the HART Settings dialog box Description of HART block parameters Header NO HART Channel Description Serial number of each HART scan block Channel for the HART interface module to send commands to The effective range is 0 2 e The HARTO channel supports multi branched HART scan and the data of up to 13 pieces of HART equipment can be scanned e HART1 and HART2 channels are point to point scan and not only do they support HART protocol communication they also support data collection of 4 20 mA signals Address Communication address of the HART equipment The effective range is 0 15 Command HART command to be sent to the HART equipment The effective value of each HART command
103. Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 209 Save the Scan Settings This function saves the scan settings into a file buffer on the PC Follow this step to save scan settings Click Save The settings are written to the file Scan Block Parameter scn and the message Save into file successful appears in the left corner of the status bat Upload the Scan Settings from the Controller Follow this step to upload read scan settings from the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can upload the settings Click Upload Download the Scan Settings to the Controller Follow this step to download write scan settings to the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can download the settings e Click Download Clear the Error Count Follow this step to clear the error count in the scan blocks e Click Clear Err Cnt Close the Scan Settings Dialog Box Follow this step to close the Scan Settings dialog box e Click Exit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 210 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Configure HART Inputs The HART dialog box lets you configure and send command messages by HART protocol Open the HART Dialog Box Follow this step to open the HART dialog box n the configuration tree click Hart PE Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Hart C Demo 2 File Edit View Operation Help gt Qn G PC
104. DS Settings Step 4 Read Master registers to verify communication between Master station and Slave station Controller Debug Register Group Address offline 00001 BOOL 00002 soo 00003 BOOL 00004 BOOL pS avena 30001 Unsigned Rename Group 30002 Unsigned 30003 Unsigned Add Register 30004 Unsigned pe am Unsigned __EeltReustr Delete Group Delete Register Exit ms lt gt Controller 32 00 Current Error 0000 Clear Error Battery Voltage v 3 28 Error Record 0000 Read Continue System Status 0001 DS Workbench Status 0001 PC Time Oct 13 2009 14 53 10 Tues Adjust Time Initiation Status 0000 Controller Time Oct 13 2009 14 55 57 Sun Set Time Communications are OK TIP 00001 00004 are the DO signal registers of the slave DataSite controller and 00100 00103 are the configured slave registers corresponding to DO signal registers of the slave DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Configure HART Settings DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 55 Use HART Settings to configure and send HART command messages TIP Customized function blocks that can be triggered in the user program to provide HART read wtite functions are also available For more information see the DataSite Customized Function Blocks Reference Manual 1758 RMOO1 Open the HART Settings Dialog Box Follow this step
105. DataSite Electronic Flow Meter and Allen Bradley Remote Terminal Unit TS Catalog Numbers 1758 FLO301 1758 FLO302 1758 RTU201 1758 RTU202 Software User Manual FRN 1 30 Rockwell Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Automation Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls publication SGI 1 1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http literature rockwellautomation com describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc wi
106. DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 146 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Configure Parameters for the HV GR CO2 Method Follow these steps to calculate gas flow using the HV GR CO2 method 1 Under Meter Parameter from the AGA8 Methods pull down menu choose HV GR CO2 Gas Components 0 5956 Meter Run o Unit U S Use automatic components Meter Parameter analvsis instrument jv Enable Accumulate o 0o00 95 Standard nons x Interval po 5 AGABMethods HV GR CO2 v Carbon Dioxide 0 5956 Instrument 9900 BasePre GR CO2 N2 000 psia 96 Base Temperature 60 0000 Cutoff Differential 0 0000 in H20 at 60F Pressure Type JAbsolute Hydrogen H2 0 0000 Tap Location Orifice Plate amp Pipe Tube Orifice Material Orifice Diameter Reference T Tube Material Tube Diameter Reference T 2 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Carbon Monoxide Upstream Y 304 amp 318 stainless steel M Relative Density Condition Type Real 4 0000 in Relative Density Reference Conditions 68 0000 Pressure 14 730000 psia Carbonsteel in Gas Heating Value Option 680000 Heating Value 1035 9900 Btu scf 7955 Fk KK K RF KF K ioo Relative Density 0 581220 Ipmyf3 Reference T 60 0000 Reference T 60 0000 p Und
107. Description 49035 u_short R Event index 0 65535 49036 Uu short R Reserved 49037 u char O R Year of the event date u_char 1 R Month of the event date Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 316 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Registers for event 1 Continued Address Data Type Attribute Description 49038 u_char 0 Day of the event date u char 1 R Hour of the event time 49039 u char 0 R Minute of the event time u_char 1 R Second of the event time 49040 u_char 0 R Event value see Chapter 6 Global Event Codes for Modbus Protocols char 1 R Event occurred in meter run 49041 float R Value before event happens 49043 float R Value after event happens 1 Date format is YYMMDD 0 7 The Time format is HHMMSS 0 3 There is no meter run number for system events The default value is 0 V EVENT POWERON 1 EVENT POWEROFF 2 and EVENT WATCHDOG RESET 4 do not have these data The following table lists the register addresses for events 2 20 The data type and attribute of each register are the same as those of the corresponding register for event 1 Registers for events 2 20 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49045 49054 See above See above Event 2 49055 49064 See above See above Event 3 49065 49074 See above See above Event 4 49075 49084 See above See abo
108. Flow parameter configuration 32901 32903 Contract time 32911 32917 Time at which power is shut down 32920 33079 Reserved by the controller 33101 33451 Calculation results 2 48000 48400 Gas component parameter 49000 49999 Communication commands and data Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 271 Modbus Registers for Firmware and Hardware Version RO Modbus addresses for firmware and hardware versions Name Description Data Type Modbus Address Flo_FRN1 Firmware version u_short 30081 Flo_FRN2 30082 Flo HRN1 Hardware version Uu short 30083 Flo HRN2 30084 Modbus Registers for RTC RO Modbus addresses for RTC Name Description Data Type Modbus Address rtu hour Controller hour u short 30091 rtu minute Controller minute short 30092 rtu second Controller second u short 30093 rtu year Controller year u short 30094 rtu month Controller month Uu short 30095 rtu day Controller day u short 30096 rtu week Controller week u short 30097 Modbus Registers for Calculation Results RO Modbus addresses for calculation results block 1 Meter Run Starting Address Starting Address Count Parameter Address 0 30101 X 100 1 30201 X 100 100 2 30301 X 200 100 3 30401 X 300 100 4 30501 X 400 100 5 30601 X 500 100 6 30701 X 600 100 7 30801 X 700 100 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October
109. For example after entering the values shown in step 1 for meter run 0 the Meter Run0 window will display the forced values and calculate the flow rate based on these values You need to select the Meter Run and Accumulate check boxes and configure all the parameters required for gas flow calculation such as the gas component parameters The forced values should be as close as possible to the average value of the field signals The system will calculate flow rate based on these forced values Meter Run 0 Y1 0 0000 Y2 0 0000 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Ext 0 0000 Flow Time Today 00 00 00 Flow Rate Flaw Accumulated Volume Rate Base Qv 0 0000 q3ir Volume Total Base 0 t Volume Rate Flowing qv 0 0000 Volume Total Flowing 0 Mass Rate qm 0 0000 Ibmihr Mass Total Process Measurements Volume Today Base 0 00 Static Pressure 14 00 psia Volume Today Flowing 0 00 Temperature 50 00 Mass Today 0 00 Differential Pressure 120 0000 in H20 at60F Volume Last Hour Base 0 00 3 Calculated Compressibility Volume Last Hour Flowing 0 00 Factor Base Zb 0 0000 Mass Last Hour 0 00 Ibm Factor Flowing Zf 0 0000 Volume Yesterday Base 0 00 Others 000 Cd D 0000 Ev 00000 Volume Yesterday Flowing 13 Mass Yesterday 000 pm DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 183 Calibrate the Sensors Follow these steps to calibrate the sensors 1 App
110. For example if you want to set 7 30 a m as the new contract time enter 7 in the Hour box and 30 in the Minute box The value of seconds is not editable and the default value is 0 2 Under Contract Time click Write The new contract time is applied to the DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 124 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Record Flow Results for a DS FloConfig can record and display the flow results for up to eight meter Meter Run es Display the Flow Results of a Meter Run Follow this step to display the flow results of a meter run Click the meter run in the configuration tree For example if you want to display the flow results for Meter Run 0 click Meter Run as shown in the following diagram n Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Neter Run0 C XDemoX2 File Edit View Operation Help Communication s Meter Run 0 Em Communicatio Clear o FLO RIC Flow Rate Flow Accumulated tH Volume Rate Base Qv 153616 6719 Volume Total Base 89971314 3 a Volume Rate Flowing qv 159134 0000 Volume Total Flowing 91677430 3 a Alarms umm Mass Rate qm 6830 8062 bmihr Mass Total 3970700 Meter Run Process Measurements eH heter Runt Volume Today Base 80248994 f3 a Static Pressure 13 97 psia Meter Run p 82912543 Volume Today Flowing Meter Run3 Temperature 5083 F Mass Today 35684 34
111. Ibm T Meter Rund Differential Pressure 101 6545 in H20 at 60F S meter Run5 Volume Last Hour Base 154133 52 3 M Run si ater Calculated Compressibility Volume Last Hour Flowing 159824149 Meter Runt 0 9979 6853 76 Wet Factor Base Zb Mass Last Hour Ibm Factor Flowing Zf 0 9978 e Scan Config Volume Yesterday Base 358834650 f3 Others Cd 0 6040 Ev 1 0328 Volume Yesterday Flowing 3688239 50 3 159470 09 v1 09127 Ex 37 6817 Y2 0 0815 Flow Time Today 05 16 27 Alarm amp Error Flow Time This Hour 00 25 06 para result cutoff Accumulated Run Time 23 Days 15 40 16 DP PI P T ft3 Ready Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 1 125 Meter Run This is the meter run number Flow Rate These are the measurements for gas flow rate Volume Rate Base Volume transient flow rate ft3 hour at base conditions For information on settings for the base pressure and temperature see Instrument Parameters for AGA3 Standard on page 137 and Instrument Parameters for AGAT Standard on page 139 Volume Rate Flowing Volume transient flow rate ft3 hour at flowing conditions Flowing conditions means the actual pressure and temperature e Mass Rate Mass transient flow rate Ibm hour Process Measurements These are the process measurements e Static Pressure Absolute or gauge depending on the stati
112. LOAT User defined variable VAR3 4 FLOAT User defined variable VAR4 4 FLOAT User defined variable Archives are stored in the following registers Registers for archives Register Description Access 701 Meter run 0 hourly history RO 702 Meter run 0 daily history RO 703 Meter run 1 hourly history RO 704 Meter run 1 daily history RO 705 Meter run 2 hourly history RO 706 Meter run 2 daily history RO 707 Meter run 3 hourly history RO 708 Meter run 3 daily history RO 709 Meter run 4 hourly history RO 710 Meter run 4 daily history RO 711 Meter run 5 hourly history RO 712 Meter run 5 daily history RO 713 Meter run 6 hourly history RO 714 Meter run 6 daily history RO 715 Meter run 7 hourly history RO 716 Meter run 7 daily history RO Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller 339 Event and Alarm Logs The 1758 FLO DataSite event and alarm logs can be read as the Enron Modbus event alarm log The format of the log is shown in the following tables The events are saved in records 1 700 in the log and alarms are saved in recotds 701 1000 in the log For the Event Type or Event Code see Chapter 6 Global Event Codes for Modbus Protocols Format of event records Field Size Type Description Date 4 FLOAT Log date in the format MMDDYY 0 Time 4 FLOAT Log time in the format HHMMSS 0 Eventserial 4 FLOAT Seria
113. M002D EN P October 2010 TIP If the Unsolicited Response check box was selected the controller works in a self reporting mode and sends unsolicited information to the master station automatically In this mode of operation the connection between controller and master station is vety important In a case where the connection has failed the events will be saved in the events buffer After the connection is restored the saved events will be sent to the master station However if many events are accumulated in the buffer more CPU time is needed to process the saved events If a new event occurs during this period there is a possibility that the event will not be captured if it is present for a vety brief period of time 3 Enter the event buffer lengths in the Class1 Buffer Len Class2 Buffer Len and Class3 Buffer Len boxes Each event buffer length for AI DI and PI specifies the maximum number of events buffered by the DataSite controller The valid values for this parameter are 0 2000 The String event buffer length is 0 10 events 4 Enter the initial value of the object variable in the corresponding boxes See this table for the list of SDNP3 objects and their descriptions SDNP3 object library Object No Variant No Description 1 0 Binary input all variants 1 1 Binary input 1 2 Binary input with states 2 0 Binary Input changes all variants 2 1 Binary input chan
114. M2 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 RS232 100 Device Info TCP IP Settings Resource Nun MAC Address IP Address 00 11 25 48 29 8 192 168 100 075 f s Power Enable Register IP Settings iV COMI Subnet Mask Default Gateway JV Ethernet 255 255 255 000 192 168 100 001 LED Controller Communication Settings Information Download to controller successful Save into file successful Load Serial Ports Settings EET COM Station Protocol Duplex Baud R Parity Data Bits Stop PortType Timeout Delay Time E Modbus RTU Slave Full 57600 None 8 RS232 100 0 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 RS232 100 0 Device Info Download TCP IP Settings Resource Num MAC Address IP Address 00 11 25 48 29 E8 192 168 100 075 D Power Enable Register IP Settings Iv COMI Subnet Mask Default Gateway JV Ethernei 255 255 255 000 192 168 100 001 LED Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 53 Step 3 Configure Scan Settings for the Modbus Master Station Scan Settings 0 wN ag Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 54 Configuration Settings Utility
115. NP3 Slave Point to point communication can be achieved in communication channels such as RS232 RS485 Ethernet and wireless radio stations Point to multipoint communication structure Client Server Server Server DNP3 Master DNP3 Slave DNP3 Slave DNP3 Slave Point to multipoint communication can be realized when using RS485 and Ethernet as communication channels If the slave station 1s allowed to upload data without being commanded by the master station to do so the RS485 communication modes will be in conflict Multipoint to multipoint communication structure Client Client Server Server DNP3 Master DNP3 Master DNP3 Slave DNP3 Slave This communication structure is supported when using the DataSite controller on the Ethernet network Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 239 SDNP3 Data Scan Mode According to the requirements for communication structures channel types and master station to different data points the following types of data scan mode can be selected e Self reporting on changes The master station will not communicate with the equipment of the slave station proactively The equipment of the slave station reports the event data to the master station proactively e Self reporting on changes plus polling The master station will scan all or part of the static data from the equipment of the slave station and at the same time the equipment
116. NT INPUT INTERVAL 76 Publication 1758 UMO002D EN P October 2010 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 301 Return codes for command number 17 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 02 Disable enable setting of meter run is invalid 03 Unit of measurement is invalid 04 Accumulate setting is invalid 05 Setting for the use of automatic component analysis instrument is invalid 06 Calculation type is invalid 07 Algorithm selected for the calculation of the compressibility factor is invalid 08 Pressure type is invalid 09 Tap location is invalid 10 Orifice material is invalid 11 Tube material is invalid 12 Relative density type is invalid 13 Interval for collecting the components from analysis instrument automatically is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 18 Read the Calculation Input Parameter Use command number 18 to read the parameter settings excluding the gas component parameter settings for one meter run Parameters for command number 18 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u short RW 18 49026 u short R Return code 49027 u short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u short R Whether the meter run is enabled 0 Disable 1 Enable Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 302 Extensi
117. O Command Number 7 Set the Transaction Contract Time Use command number 7 to set the transaction contract time The daily recotd will be saved at the contract time every day Parameters for command number 7 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u short RW 7 49026 u short R Return code 49027 u short W Reserved 49028 u int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u short Contract hour 0 23 49036 u short Contract minute 0 59 49037 u short Reserved There is no event code for command number 7 Return codes for command number 7 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Contract hour is invalid 400 Passcodeiswrong Other Invalid Command Number 8 Read the Transaction Contract Time Use command number 8 to read the transaction contract time The daily recotd will be saved at the contract time every day Parameters for command number 8 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 short RW 8 49026 short R Return code 49027 short W Reserved 49028 int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Parameters for command number 8 Continued Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 289 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49035 u_short R Contract hour 0 23 49036 u_short R Contract minute 0
118. P3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Table of Contents 9 Insett Scan Block pA REUS 202 Delete a Scan Block sre A Ds 202 Copy d Scan DLO es se Ri dat vs ec MAL A Ser eee 203 Paste a Scan Block oobis 203 Paste a Scan Block to Multiple 205 Use the Shortcut Menu ccc 0 208 Load the Scan Settings cse ec REPE UR OS ARMS 208 Save the Scan SEHINGS i utor er ed eb FORT Mora A REOR 209 Upload the Scan Settings from the 209 Download the Scan Settings to the Controller 209 Clear the Error Count isere I ease tee ER NEN De 209 Close the Scan Settings Dialog Box eere 209 Configure HART Inputs s o e cerato e ee ci lo 210 Open the HART Dialog 210 Understand HART Commands 212 Inserta HART Scan 1 223 Edit a HART Scan Block 1 0 AN 224 Delete a HART Scan 1 226 Copy a HART Scan Block o ere Eee me 226 Paste a HART Scan 1 226 Paste a HART Scan Block to Multiple 228 Use the Shortetit ci rescer be bes we bg 229 Load the HART tern UE E obere v E na 230 Save HART ces eas Fa e EAE RYAN E d 230 Upload the HART Settings from the Controller 230 Download the HART S
119. Read this preface to familiarize yourself with the rest of the manual It provides information concerning e who should use this manual the purpose of this manual e related documentation e conventions used in this manual Use this manual if you are responsible for designing installing programming troubleshooting control systems that use DataSite controllers You should have a basic understanding of electrical circuitry and familiarity with relay logic If you do not obtain the proper training before using this product This manual is a reference guide for the software tools that accompany the DataSite controller namely DS Settings DS FloConfig and DS DNP3 These tools can be used to configure and monitor the DataSite controller This manual describes the procedures you use to install and use the tools The publications listed in this table contain more information on the DataSite controllers Related publications for DataSite controllers Pub Title DataSite Electronic Flow Meter and Remote Terminal Unit Installation Instructions Pub Number Description 1758 IN001 Information on how to install a DataSite controller DataSite Electronic Flow Meter and Remote Terminal Unit Hardware User Manual 1758 UM001 Information on how to install and wire a DataSite controller Customized Function Blocks for DataSite Reference Manual 1758 RM001 Description of the customized function blocks used for programm
120. Set and get an event that occurs at 0 seconds 0 minutes of every hour 1 Select the Time Enable check box and click Hour in the Event Settings dialog box Then click Download Another method is to use EV TIME CFG and EV RTC SET to configure the event System Events Alarm Event Calendar Event Time Event Second Event Alarm Enable Calendar Enable v Time Enable T adjustTime Event Month 1 vear C Minute I system Error Event T Day 1 e won Reset Event Hour s C Week Midday Minute fo C Midnight Second 0 Load Save Upload Download Exit 2 Use EV GET to read the RTC return value and check bit 1 for the second event Bit 1 will be set to 1 when the second event occurs Configure a System Event Follow this step to configure a system event To enable an event interruption with an interval of 1s select the Second Event check box When you select this check box the system will provide an interruption signal every second You can program the EV GET function block in DataSite Workbench to retrieve the interruption signals according to your application requirements Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 80 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Configure an Alarm Event Follow these steps to configure an alarm event 1 Select the Alarm Enable check box Alarm events are enabled 2 Select the check box f
121. Settings to match the register addresses of the 1758 controller with those of the serially connected equipment Understand the Scan Blocks Every scan block corresponds to a scan task The maximum number of scan tasks is 128 This table lists the description of each item in a scan block Scan block parameters and their descriptions Scan Block Parameter Description Block type Scan block data category Address Modbus slave station number of serial communication equipment connected with COM1 or 2 Signal type Signal register category Scan time Read Write interval Master Register Register address where data is saved in the controller decided by the user Slave Register You can set the read write data register address of the slave communication equipment according to the parameter form of the slave communication equipment register Reg Num The number of read write data registers Err Cnt The number of times the scan block fails to communicate Err State Scan block communication state If the Err State value is 1 it means the communication has failed A value of 0 indicates that the communication is OK Remark User comments You can enter a note or a tip for the scan block Note that this field will not be downloaded to the DataSite controller Block Type The block type indicates the category of scan block data Scan block types and their descriptions Name Function US1 block 1758 RTU c
122. V CFG e Calendar events e Time events EV TIME CFG For more information on using these function blocks refer to the Customized Function Blocks for DataSite Reference Manual publication 1758 RMO001 Follow this step to open the Event Settings dialog box From the Tools menu choose Event Settings The Event Settings dialog box appears The file Event Parameter evt located in current project directory is displayed on project browser file pane iBi xi File F Tools Help H Da Eme E amp i DS PC Communication Parameter cfg di Controler Communicaon Parameter x Scan Block Parameter scn Event Parameter evt System Events Alarm Event Calendar Event Time Event Bill Controller Debug raf I Second Event AlarmEnable CalendarEnable Time Enable PID PID Registers pid Wi HART Block Parameter hrt AdjustTime Event M Month 1 Year Minute System Error Event Day 1 Month Hour Reset Event Hour 0 Week Midday Minute 0 C Midnight F Second 0 Load Save Upload Download Exit Ready 4 TIP You can also double click the Event Parameter evt file in the project browser file pane to open the Event Settings dialog box Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 77 Event Examples For an illustration on how the Event Settings dialog
123. a Slave Register Reg Num 8 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 198 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Scan Time Scan time refers to the read write time interval of a scan block You can use the trigger scan function for COM port by programming the function block COM MSG in DataSite Workbench The following units of time are available Note that ms represents milliseconds s seconds m minutes and h houts e 50 ms e 500 ms e 5s e 50s e5m e 50m e5h e 50h The scan time is equal to the value multiplied by the unit selected For example if the value entered is 3 and the unit selected is 500 ms then the scan time is 3 x 500 ms 1500 ms as shown in the following dialog box This means that the current scan block will be executed every 1500 ms Scan Edit No Cancel Block Type US1 Block Address 1 247 Signal Type Read State Registe Scan Time 1 1 500 5 Master Register 10001 14096 Slave Register 10001 10001 19898 Reg Num fd 1020 Remark Scanning starts when the DataSite controller is powered and it continues according to the scan time you have set Master Register This is the start address of the register on the DataSite controller Data is saved into the master register starting from this address The address range is determined by the signal type DataSite Flow Confi
124. able 1 of Valid Range of Gas Characteristics for AGAS Methods on page 148 7 Click Download to apply the settings to the DataSite controller Valid Range of Gas Characteristics for AGA8 Methods This table identifies the ranges of gas characteristics for which the AGA8 report can be used Quantity Normal Range Expanded Range Relative density 0 56 0 87 0 07 1 52 Gross heating value 477 1150 Btu scf 0 1800 Btu scf Methane mole percent 45 0 100 0 0 100 0 Nitrogen mole percent 0 0 50 0 0 100 0 Carbon dioxide mole percent 0 0 30 0 0 100 0 Ethane mole percent 0 0 10 0 0 100 0 Propane mole percent 0 0 4 0 0 12 0 Butane mole percent 0 0 1 0 0 6 0 Pentane mole percent 0 0 0 3 0 4 0 Hexane mole percent 0 0 0 2 0 Dew point Helium mole percent 0 0 0 2 0 3 0 Hydrogen mole percent 07 0 100 0 Carbon monoxide mole percent 07 0 3 0 Argon mole percent 02 0 1 0 Oxygen mole percent 0 2 0 21 0 Water mole percent 0 0 0 05 0 Dew point Hydrogen sulfide mole percent 0 0 0 02 0 100 0 1 Reference conditions are as follows Combustion at 60 F 14 73 psia density a 2 The normal range is considered to be zero for these compounds 60 F 14 73 psia DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 149 The Normal Range column gives the range of gas characteristics for which the average expected uncertainty corr
125. ad 2 To read these parameters continuously select the Read Continue check box These parameters can be read by the application programs written using DataSite Workbench Controller Temperature This is the internal temperature of the controller Controller 36 29 Battery Voltage This is the battery voltage of the controller When the battery voltage is lower than 2 0V you need to replace the battery Battery Voltage v 3 18 System Status Controller Temp C Current Error Clear Errar Read Battery Voltage v Error Record Read Continue System Status DS Workbench Status PC Time Oct 13 2009 15 28 36 Tues Adjust Time Initiation Status Controller Time Set Time Communications are OK Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 90 X DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings the states of controller are showed by a 16 bit code For details see the following tables Error codes Error Code Meaning 0x0001 Hardware register error 0x0002 Data FLASH error 0x0100 HART communication error 0x0200 US1 communication error 0x0400 US2 communication error If more than one error occurs an OR operation will be performed on the codes For example if both US1 and US2 communication errors occur the error code will be 0600 If all errors occur the code will be 0703 Initialization state codes Initialization State Code Meaning 0x0001 Test communication
126. al equipment connected with the serial port COM1 US2 block 1758 RTU controller Read write data of the serial equipment connected with the serial port COM2 Empty block Scan block configuration end flag Scan blocks are configured in sequence and every block has a corresponding number The maximum number of block numbers is 128 When the type of a block is Empty Block its subsequent block configuration 1s invalid Module Addr For 1758 RTU controller this means the Modbus slave station number of the serial communication equipment connected with COM1 or COM2 The range of the Modbus slave station number is 1 247 Signal Type The signal type indicates the category of register read write signal and its contents Signal types and functions Signal Type Function Modbus Command Read_State register Read 10001 14096 register 2 Read Hold register Read 40001 49999 register 3 Read Input register Read 30001 31024 register 4 Write 1Coil register Write 00001 04096 register 5 Write 1Hold register Write 40001 49999 register 6 Write nCoil register Write 00001 04096 register 15 Write nHold register Write 40001 49999 register 16 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 37 When the address of the master or slave register does not map to the signal the following error will appear a x No lom Ok BlockType use z Mo xi Sigr A Signal Type not mapped
127. alarm limit of differential pressure or pulse 49040 float W Alarm dead band of differential pressure or pulse alarm 0 Disable 1 Enable 49043 float W Upper alarm limit of static pressure 49045 float W Lower alarm limit of static pressure 49047 float W Alarm dead band of static pressure 49049 u_short W Enable or disable temperature alarm 0 Disable 1 Enable 49050 float W Upper alarm limit of temperature 49052 float W Lower alarm limit of temperature 49054 float W Alarm dead band of temperature There is no event code for command number 15 Return codes for command number 15 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 02 The input value for differential pressure or pulse alarm setting is invalid 03 The input value for static pressure alarmsetting is invalid 04 The input value for disable temperature alarmsetting is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 297 Command Number 16 Read the Alarm Range of Input Parameters Use command number 16 to read the upper and lower alarm limits and alarm dead band of static pressure temperature and differential pressure or pulse Parameters for command number 16 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 16 49026 u_short R Return code 49027 u_short W Met
128. ame 5 49040 u_short W Device name 6 49041 u_short W Device name 7 49042 u_short W Device name 8 There is no event code for command number 3 Return codes for command number 3 Return Code Description 00 OK 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 4 Read the Device Name Use command number 4 to read the device name of the 1758 FLO DataSite controllers The maximum string length is eight characters Parameters for command number 4 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 4 49026 u_short R Return code 49027 u_short W Reserved Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 286 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Parameters for command number 4 Continued Address Data Type Attribute Description 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u short R Device name 1 49036 u short R Device name 2 49037 u short R Device name 3 49038 u short R Device name 4 49039 u short R Device name 5 49040 u short R Device name 6 49041 u short R Device name 7 49042 u short R Device name 8 There is no event code for command number 4 Return codes for command number 4 Return Code Description 00 OK 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 5 Disable Enable the Flow Calculation Use command number 5 to enable or disable the flow calculation for a
129. ameters TIP For any changes to parameter settings to be applied to the DataSite controller you need to click Download Before downloading any changes to the DataSite controller it is tecommended that you perform an upload This helps prevent modifying information that you did not intend to change Instrument Parameters for AGA3 Standard m Instrument Parameter Base Pressure 14 7300 psi Base Temperature 600000 F Cut off Differential 00000 in H20 at 60F Pressure Type Gaus Atmospheric Pressure 14 7300 psi Tap Location Upstream he e Base Pressure and Base Temperature This is the pressure and temperature under base conditions Pressure Type This is the static pressure type tested by pressure meter The pressure type could be an absolute static pressure or gauge static pressure If it is the absolute static pressure then entering the atmospheric pressure is not required Absolute static pressure Gauge static pressure Atmospheric pressure Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 138 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 e Cut off Differential When the differential pressure is lower than the value entered in the Cut off Differential box the DataSite controller will consider any flow as inexistent There will be a cutoff alarm in the Meter Run window and the flow rates become zero when this happen
130. ants 32 1 32 bit analog change events without time 32 2 16 bit analog change events without time 32 3 32 bit analog change events with time 32 4 16 bit analog change events with time 32 5 Short floating point analog change events without time 32 7 Short floating point analog change events with time 40 0 Analog output state variant 0 is used to request for default variant 40 1 32 bit analog output state 40 2 16 bit analog output state Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 256 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 SDNP3 object library Continued Object No Variant No Description 40 3 Short floating point analog output state 50 0 Time and date 50 1 Time and date 51 1 Time and date CTO 80 1 Internal indications 110 String Octet string object length 111 String Octet string event object length 5 If you want the host computer to check the RTC of the DataSite controller periodically select the Time Synchronization box Then in the Interval box specify how often you want the host computer to check the RTC of the controller The value range of the Interval parameter is 0 999999999 and the default value is 1800000 Interval parameter is 0 when you select the At Start Up Only check box 6 Enter the values for the DI and String events accordingly Event parameters Parameter Description Range of Options or Values Even
131. arity None Data Bits Connection Type Stop Bits 1 Port Type RS232 mes S Delay Time 1000 Aims Port No 502 E 6 From the Tools menu choose Controller Communication Settings Controller Communication Settings Information Uploading from controller Default Download to controller successful Serial Ports Settings COM Station Protocol State Duplex Baud R Parity Data Bits Stop Bi PortType Timeout Delay Time Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 8 1 RS232 100 0 Download Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 Device Info TCP IP Settings MAC Address IP Address Resource 00 11 25 48 29 E8 192 168 100 075 Upload Power Enable COMI Ethernet LED Register IP Settings NET Subnet Mask Default Gateway NETO 265 255 255 000 192 168 100 001 When the upload is successfully completed the communication settings of controller are displayed 7 exit the Communication Test state power down the DataSite controller and then power it up again Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 99 Initialize the File System The File System Initialization option lets you do the following Clear all the parameter settings made in DS Settings for example Scan block HART scan block and PID b
132. as been calculated correctly before you select the Accumulate check box to start the accumulated flow calculation every second Set the Flow Rate Calculation Interval The flow trate calculation interval is the interval at which flow rates are calculated You can set this interval according to your requirements The default value is 1 s Follow these steps to set the flow rate calculation interval 1 Under Meter Parameter enter the interval in seconds in the Interval text box Meter Parameter Enable Accumulate Standard Gemi D AGA8 Methods cR co2 w2 v BMP 1 2 Click Download to apply the settings to the DataSite controller Select the Gas Flow Calculation Standard AGA3 AGA7 Follow these steps to select the gas flow calculation standard 1 Under Meter Parameter from the Standard pull down menu choose the gas flow calculation standard according to on site conditions for Orifice plate AGA7 for Turbine Meter Parameter Enable Accumulate Standard AGAS Methods AGAT Interval 1 BMP 1 2 Click Download to apply the settings to the DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 137 Configure AGA3 Process Parameters If you choose the gas flow calculation standard you need to configure these parameters nstrument parameters Orifice Plate par
133. ate Disable Enable 138 Modified para 2008 11 15 12 17 22 5 Meter Run Disable Enable Gib nece Runt 137 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 18 4 Tube Material Carbon steel 3048316 stai Hart 136 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 18 4 Temperature Register 30002 30001 135 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 18 4 DP Register 30003 30001 e Scen Config 134 Modified para 2009 11 151217 18 4 Accumulate Disable Enable 133 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 18 4 Meter Run Disable Enable 7 132 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 13 3 nC6H14 0 000000 0 000664 131 Modified 2009 11 15 12 17 13 3 nC5H12 0 000000 0 000324 130 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 13 3 iC5H12 0 000000 0 000473 129 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 13 3 nC4H1 0 0 000000 0 001007 128 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 13 3 iC4H10 0 000000 0 000977 127 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 13 3 C3H8 0 000000 0 004596 126 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 13 3 C2H6 0 000000 0 018186 125 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 13 3 CO2 0 000000 0 005956 lt gt HHHHHHHHHHE Upload finished i Ready Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Upload From FLO DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 175 An alternative method of retrieving the event records is by using the toolbar 1 From the Start Time pull down menu choose the start time for the event records Starttime 2009 9 28 Endtime 2009 9 29 Reftesh 2 From the End Time pull down menu choose the
134. atic Pressure psia Differential Pressure in H20 at BOF 2 Select the check box for the field signal s You may select more than one signal for calibration Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 7181 3 Enter the forced values for the selected signals in the corresponding boxes TIP The forced values should be as close as possible to the average value of the field signals Click Next The Calibration Record dialog box appears Calibration Record Temperature Applied value Measured value Deviation Applied Engineering Hi 200 Messured 0 Engineering Lo 1 11753e 006 Record Static Pi ae ess psia Applied value Measured value Deviation Applied Engineering Hi 2500 Messured 0 Engineering Lo 0 Differential Pressure Applied value Measured value Deviation in H20 at 60F Applied Engineering Hi 200 Messured 0 Engineering Lo 1 11759e 006 Record lt Back Cancel If you want to calculate with forced values only click Finish The following dialog box appears DS FloConfig j Are you sure you want to stop forcing signals Yes No Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 182 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 5 To save the forced values click No If you click Yes the forced values will be discarded and calculation with forced values will be disabled
135. ation Never Not for any frame Never session This function is used for protocols that Multi frame Only for support breaking an application layer message multiframe message into multiple link layer frames fragments Always For all frames Link Retries Maximum number of link layer retries if the link 0 255 3 layer confirmation times out Confirm Timeout Maximum amount of time in milliseconds to 0 10000 2000 wait for a link level confirmation if it is requested Response Timeout Maximum amount of time in milliseconds to 0 30000 2000 wait for a channel response you select None all of the upload download data points shown will not be selected Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 253 Configure a DS DNP3 session The DataSite controller allows up to four sessions to be executed simultaneously This means when there is a slave station with multiple master stations the slave station can connect up to four master stations Follow these steps to configure a DNP3 session 1 Select the session you want to configure from the navigation pane The settings dialog box for the selected session appears Bosona u Control Settings View Help t eene sf 8 Ej Communication Settings amp PC parameter 2 48 DNP Settings B Database ee Obj01 Default Variation 2 x Obj20 Default Variation 1 Channelo
136. ation 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 294 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Event codes for command number 13 Continued Event Name Event Code EVENT INPUT PL Address 51 EVENT INPUT PLD Type 52 EVENT INPUT PL 53 Return Codes for Command number 13 Return Code 00 Description OK 01 Meter run is invalid 02 03 DP Aaddress is invalid P Aaddress is invalid 04 T Aaddress is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 14 Read the Input Parameters Use command number 14 to read the parameter settings for pressure temperature and differential pressure or pulse These parameters include the data addtess type and factors K and B Parameters for command number 14 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u short RW 14 49026 u short R Return code 49027 u_short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u short R Address of differential pressure or pulse 49036 u short R Data type of differential pressure or pulse 0 u short 1 float 49037 float R k factor of differential pressure or pulse 49039 float R b factor of differential pressure or pulse Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 295 Parameters for command number 14 Continued Address Da
137. ation file to the current directory 2 From the Control menu choose Save You can also click the Save button on the toolbar BE ps pnp3 elnixi Control Settings View Help 4 eene AG Eq Communication X amp PC parameter Channel 0 Session 0 00 1 01 1 Alt AO 1 1 String 1 DNP Settings mp El dna Data Point Signal Type DNPNO Register Data Type Storage Type Event Type m 0 1 Bool HL Class0 0 Class0 d Session 10001 Bool Bl 30001 16 Bit mS Sessiont 40001 16 Bit m Session2 m Session3 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 258 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Operation and Data Validation Example If you want to communicate with the DataSite controller through TCP IP by using the DNP3 protocol you need to have four data points each fot DI AO and DO to send unsolicited responses You need to configure the controller as having one slave and multiple masters The following is an example to help you understand the use of DS DNP3 better Example The system includes one outstation and four master stations This means one DataSite controller communicates with four DNP3 hosts over a physical channel The DNP3 address for the outstation is 4 The DNP3 addresses for the four master stations are 3 4 5 and 6 respectively The outstation connects with the master stations via Ethernet There are four data points on the outstation The outstation wo
138. ber 2010 116 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Configure Serial Port Settings Each 1758 FLO DataSite controller has one RS232 RS485 combo port COMI default as RS232 and one RS232 port COM2 The default baud rate of each serial port is 9600 bps and the default station number is 1 Follow these steps to change the settings of the serial ports 1 In the FLO Communication dialog box set up the parameters for the serial ports COM1 COM2 Station 1 Station fi EX Protocol Modbus RTU v Protocol Modbus RTU l Mode Slave Y Mode Slave zx Duplex Full Y Duplex Full 57600 Baud 9600 v Baud Parity None Y Parity None LLL Databit x Data bit Stopbt Stop bit Type 88232 gt Timeout 100 ms Timeout Ooms Delay 0 ms Delay h Oms This table shows the options and or value range available for each parameter Serial port parameters Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Parameter Parameter Options or Value Range Station 1 247 Protocol DS Workbench for COM2 only Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII None Mode Master Slave Duplex Full Half Baud 2400 4800 9600 14400 19200 38400 56000 57600 Parity Even Odd None Data bit 7 8 Stop bit 1 2 Type RS232 RS485 Timeout in units of 10 ms 1 1000 Delay in units of 10 ms 0 300 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 117 2 In
139. block is configured if there is no connection with the slave device or if communication fails this value will be incremented by 1 after each scan cycle This value is updated whenever you click Upload Err State IMPORTANT Error state of HART scan block configuration If the Err State value is 1 it means the communication has failed A value of 0 indicates that the communication is OK HART scan data blocks are configured in sequence and each block has a corresponding number The maximum number of modules is 128 When one data block is an empty block all the blocks configured after this empty data block will be invalid Here is an example of a HART configuration list N 0 1 2 3 4 5 B 7 1 HART Channel Address Comm Scan Ti Send Regist Return Re Unit Regis HART State 0 4 41101 41121 41141 41161 1 34 41201 41221 41241 41261 0 34 41301 41321 41341 41381 3 35 41401 41421 41441 41461 0 35 41501 41521 41541 41561 3 35 41601 41621 41641 41661 0 35 41701 41721 41741 41761 3 35 41801 41821 41841 41861 Understand HART Commands Some of the variables read from HART equipment are 32 bit floating point values Every floating point value is stored in two continuous data registers The higher 16 bits of this value will be stored in the register with a higher address and the lower 16 bits of this value will be stored in the register with a
140. box click OK To close the dialog box without saving the settings click Cancel 4 Click Download The new settings are applied to the DataSite controller The following sections provide more information on some of the parameters for the serial port Protocol When customizing the communication protocol it is recommended that you set the protocol as None You can then use flags in DataSite Workbench to program the customized communication protocol The flags corresponding to each serial port are shown in the following table Flags in DataSite Workbench for serial ports Flag US1_RX US2_RX Description US1 receiving task for US1 customized protocol US2 receiving task for US2 customized protocol Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 24 Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Master Slave State The serial port scan block can be configured in the master state to acquire data from the slave serial communication equipment connected in a certain time interval In the slave state the DataSite controller can receive commands from the host generate and return response message For more information see the Configuration Example on page 50 TIP Vetify the protocol setting If you set the protocol as None the scan and the trigger scan function blocks will not run properly even if the Master Slave state is set correctly Timeou
141. box can be used to configure an event see the following examples Example for a System Event Set and get a system event that occurs at one second intervals 1 In the Event Settings dialog box select the Second Event check box Then click Download Another method is to use EV SEC and EV RTC SET to configure the second event xi Alarm Event r Calendar 1 Event System Events Alarm Enable Calendar Enable Time Enable I AdjustTime Event M Month 1 Year Minute system Error Event Day 1 Month Hour Reset Event F Hour E Week Midday Minute fo Midnight Second o Load Save Upload Download Exit 2 Use EV GET to read the RTC return value and check bit 0 for the second event Bit 0 will be set to 1 when the second event occurs Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 78 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Example for an Alarm Event Set and get an alarm event at 8 30 a m every day 1 In the Event Settings dialog box select the Alarm Enable Hout Minute and Second check boxes Enter the time in the Hour Minute and Second boxes and then click Download Another method is to use EV CFG and EV RTC SET to configure the alarm event m System Events Alarm Event Calendar Event Time Event Second Event Alarm Enable CalendarEnable Ti
142. box prompting you to confirm the deletion appears 3 To confirm the deletion click OK To cancel the deletion click Cancel Copy a Scan Block Follow these steps to copy a scan block 1 Select the block you want to copy 2 Click Copy The selected scan block is copied Paste a Scan Block Follow these steps to paste a block 1 Select the block you want to copy and paste 2 Click Copy to copy the block Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Scan Config 1 File Edit View Operation Help D 00 age 5B Communication e No Block Ty Address Signal Type Scan Ti MasterRegister Slave Register Reg Num Err Cnt Err Stati Insert Sg FLO Communication 0 51 1 A 1 2 Delete e History 3 OB events 4 5 EH a 6 Paste EE meter Runa 7 Gil heter Runt e Multi Paste xod meter Runz 10 T Load xod meter nas EH Meter Rund 13 Save odi meter nas 14 Upload XP SH meter Runs 18 17 dH meter Runt Download Hart 19 20 Clear Err_Cnt 22 23 24 4 25 lt gt lt gt lt gt Ready il 1 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 204 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 3 Select the row you want to paste the copied block to TIP You can only select an empty row that is right after the selected block or a row that already contains a bl
143. c pressure type settings in Instrument Parameters for AGA3 Standard on page 137 and Instrument Parameters for AGAT Standard on page 139 e Temperature Temperature of the fluid while it is flowing e Differential Pressure for AGA3 Difference between the pressure at the upstream and the pressure at the downstream Pulse for AGAT Pulse count accumulated in a second Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 126 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Flow Accumulated These are the measurements for the total accumulated gas flow e Volume Total Base The accumulated volume flow under base conditions from the first running point to the current time accumulated once every second Volume Total Flowing The accumulated volume flow under flowing conditions from the first running point to the current time accumulated once every second e Mass Total The accumulated mass flow from the first running point to the current time accumulated once every second These are the measurements for the gas flow on the current day e Volume Today Base The accumulated volume flow under base conditions from today s starting point Contract Hour to now accumulated once every second Reset to zero at each contract day start point Contract Hour Volume Today Flowing The accumulated volume flow under flowing conditions from today s starting point Contract Hour to now accumulated once every second Rese
144. c6061d0 History C XDemoX2 File Edit View Operation Help ui PC Communication I FD C 2 u ommunicatio Upload From FLO Meter Run g 2009 8 29 End time 2009 8 29 Refresh ER RIC 28000 Time met Unit av T DP PI density Flow time quf Ze Day Config o Hour Config a Events a Alarms o Alarm Confi a Meter Run o Field Param Meter Runi Meter Run2 a Meter Run3 T a Meter Rund T a Meter Run5 T Meter E Meter RunT Hart 2 Scan Config IN gt lt gt lt B __ _ 2 Click Upload From FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 158 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig The following dialog box appears Upload Logs From FLO r Flow Run Range Runt Run2 Run3 Cancel Rung Rung Rung Range Hourly History All Days Select Days From 2009 9 27 2009 9 28 M IV Daily History 3 Under Flow Run Range select the meter run whose logs you want to view Under Log Range select the check box for the type of records you want to view You can select both Hourly History and Daily History 5 If you have selected the Hourly History check box click All Days if you want to retrieve the hourly records for all the past 36 days Other
145. char 1 Month storage time 49036 u_char 0 R Day storage time u_char 1 Hour storage time 49037 u_char 0 R Minute storage time u_char 1 Second storage time 49038 u_short R Unit of measurement 0 U S 1 Metric 49039 float R Average static pressure 49041 float R Average temperature 49043 float R Average differential pressure average pulse 49045 float R Density 49047 float R Accumulated run time 49049 float R Hourly base volume of flow rate 49051 float R Hourly flowing volume of flow rate 49053 float R Hourly mass volume of flow rate Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 312 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UMO002D EN P October 2010 Registers for record 1 of hourly history data Continued Address Data Type Attribute Description 49055 float R EXT AGA3 Uncorrected volume AGA7 49057 float R Reserved 49059 float R User variable 1 49061 float R User variable 2 49063 float R User variable 3 49065 float R User variable 4 The following table lists the register addresses for records 2 8 of hourly history data The data type and attribute of each register are the same as those of the corresponding register for record 1 Registers for records 2 8 of hourly history data Address Data Type Attribute Description 49067 49097 As above As above Record 2 490989 49129 As above As above Record 3 49131 49161 As ab
146. check box Alarm Configuration 24 Cancel Variable 30001 48999 Hi Limit Lo Limit Dead Band 3 Click OK Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 167 Delete an Alarm Configuration Follow these steps to delete an alarm configuration block TIP Only the user variable alarm configuration blocks indexed from 24 63 can be deleted The fixed variable alarm configuration blocks cannot be deleted 1 Select the user variable alarm configuration you want to delete IMPORTANT There is no Undo or Confirm function for the Delete action If however you do not click Save or Download after clicking Delete you can re upload or re load the previous alarm configuration list 2 Click Delete The selected alarm configuration is deleted Load Alarm Configurations This function enables you to load the last saved list of alarm configurations from the file buffer on the PC This allows you to verify the configurations while the DataSite controller is offline 1 Click Load The message Load successful appears 2 Click OK to close the message box Save Alarm Configurations This function saves the list of alarm configurations into the file buffer on the PC 1 Click Save The message Save successful appears 2 Click OK to close the message box Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 168 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS F
147. copied block Scan Settings NO Block Type Module ID Signal Type Scan Time Master 5 Slave St Reg N Err Cnt Err State Remark US1Block 1 Write nH 1 40001 41001 US1 Block 1 Write_nH 1 40001 41001 Multi_Paste Load Save Upload Download Clear Err_Cnt Exit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 45 If you are pasting over a row that already contains a block the following dialog box appears Module Cfg xi PN These modules have already been configured Are you sure you want to overwrite Click Yes to overwrite the block or No to cancel the pasting Paste a Scan Block to Multiple Rows The Multi Paste function allows you to paste a copied block to multiple rows Follow these steps to paste a copied block to multiple rows 1 Select the block you want to copy and paste 2 Click Copy to copy the block Scan Settings NO BlockType Address Signal Type Scan Time MasterR Slave R Reg N Err Cnt Err State Remark Insert 0 051 Block 1 Write nHo 1 500ms 40001 410071 a a Dere i Dae 2 Co 3 py 4 5 Multi Paste 7 3 Save 10 11 Upload 12 13 Download 14 Clear Err_Cnt 15 IR lt gt Exit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 46 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 3
148. ctor based on the absolute static pressure RO measured at downstream tap 7042 Coefficient of discharge RO Temperature input variables 7043 Temperature b factor R W 7044 Temperature k factor R W Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 332 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Static pressure input variables Register Description Access 7045 Reserved 7046 Static pressure b factor RAN 7047 Static pressure k factor RAW Differential input variables Register Description Access 7048 Differential pressure input register Modbus address R W 7049 Differential pressure b factor R W 7050 Differential pressure k factor R W Other input variables e 17 7052 Base temperature RAN 7053 Base static pressure R W AGA 3 configuration variables Register Description Access 7054 Orifice diameter R W 7055 Reference temperature for orifice measurement R W 7056 Tube diameter R W 7057 Reference temperature for pipe diameter measurement R W 7058 Isentropic exponent RO 7059 Viscosity RO 7060 Temperature dead band R W 7061 Static pressure dead band R W 7062 Differential pressure dead band R W 7063 Temperature high limit R W 7064 Temperature low limit R W 7065 Static pressure high limit R W 7066 Static pressure low limit R W 7067 Differential pressure high limit R W 7068 Differential pressure low limit
149. d to configure the parameters for the field signals accordingly Field Signal 0002 Data Type usnot gt Pressure Addr 3 Temperature Addr 30003 Data Type UShort Pulse Addr 30001 Data Type UShot 3 000 or 4xoox v X k k 0 0050 k 0 0050 0 0625 625 0000 Auto cal p 50 0000 Auto cal Auta cal TIP IMPORTANT For any changes to parameter settings to be applied to the DataSite controller you need to click Download Before downloading any changes to the DataSite controller it is recommended that you perform an upload This helps prevent modifying information that you did not intend to change For information on how to set the parameters for the pressure and temperature signals see Configure Field Signal Parameters for the AGA3 Standard on page 140 The pulse address is the address of the pulse signal from the PI Pulse In channel You can choose from the PI 0 PI2 channels on the DataSite controller The variable k is the k factor of turbine pulses per cubic feet Input Address Data Type Data k PIO 30011 USHORT PIO count value k factor of turbine PI 30013 USHORT PIO count value k factor of turbine PI2 30015 USHORT PIO count value k factor of turbine User defined Addressin USHORT Simulation data User defined k signal source 4xxxx input which is always increasing Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 144 DataSite Flow Configuration Util
150. ddress of module increase 3 m Address of Master Reg increase 5 _ the result will be this Scan Settings Block Type Address Signal Type Scan Time Master R Slave R Em Cnt Er State Remark Insert US1 Block Write nHo 1 500ms 40001 41001 US1 Block 2 Write nHo 1 500ms US1 Block Write nHo US1 Block Write nHo z o Delete Multi Paste 7 Co i co I I Load Save Upload Download Clear Err Cnt Exit If you are pasting over a row that already contains a block the following dialog box appears x These modules have already been configured Are you sure you want to overwrite eese peser Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 48 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Use the Shortcut Menu You can also use the shortcut menu for Insert Delete Copy and Paste functions Follow this step to use the shortcut menu e Right click the row you want to apply the function to The shortcut menu appears Here is an example Scan Settings Block Type Address Signal Type Scan Time Master R Slave R Reg N Cnt Err State Remark Insert nd US1 Block 1 Read 1 50ms 00001 00001 1 081 Block Read Coil 1 50ms 00101 00001 Delete 1 a a ETE FETA VT a m me US2 Block 1 Read Coil 1 50ms 00301 00001 udi ILL em US2Block 1 Read Coil 1 50ms 00401 00001 Delete Pas
151. ddresses for alarms 2 15 The data type and attribute of each register are the same as those of the corresponding register for alarm 1 Registers for alarms 2 15 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49047 49058 See above See above Alarm 2 49059 49070 See above See above Alarm 3 49071 49082 See above See above Alarm 4 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 314 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Registers for alarms 2 15 Continued Address Data Type Attribute Description 49083 49094 See above See above Alarm 5 49095 49106 See above See above Alarm 6 49107 49118 See above See above Alarm 7 49119 49130 See above See above Alarm 8 49131 49142 See above See above Alarm 9 49143 49154 See above See above Alarm 10 49155 49166 See above See above Alarm 11 49167 49178 See above See above Alarm 12 49179 49190 See above See above Alarm 13 49191 49202 See above See above Alarm 14 49203 49214 See above See above Alarm 15 There is no event code for command number 24 Return codes for command number 24 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 02 Number of records you want to get is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 25 Read New Alarm Logs Use command number 25 to read new alarm logs The value in reg
152. de selected is not valid Calibration location not set to user Before this command can be accepted the calibration location must be set to User e nvalid configuration for special calibration Configuration is not set properly for special calibration e nvalid liner material code Liner material code selected is not valid e Frequency set point too low Value entered for the frequency set point is too low e Density high limit too low Value entered for the density high limit is too low e nvalid address Address for this field device is not valid e Trim location not set to user Before this command can be accepted trim location must be set to User e nvalid body type code e Invalid volume units e nvalid density units e Maximum zeroing time is too small e DI too low Value of the first density data is too low e nstrument in reference mode e nvalid analog output type code e nvalid automatic temperature compensation code e nvalid alarm relay configuration code eFrequency too low e nvalid low high millivolt code Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 221 First byte when bit 7 0 Command Response Continued Bit Description 11 This bit can mean any of the following e Upper range value too high Upper range value is greater than the upper sensor limit e Excess correction attempted Correction attempted is outside of the permissible limits of
153. desi so ee HERO ed dw ed ENS 173 Sort Event Records xs ovp RE lA RR UAE ed edu s 175 Understand the Event Record 176 Calibrate the Meter Sensor llle eene 180 Open the Force Signals dialog box c o te ee e es 180 Set Forced Values for Field 180 Calibrate the Sensors 0 aa 183 Complete the 184 Initialize the Controller yanes cc eens 185 Open the Controller Initialization dialog box 185 Switch Controller into Service 185 Reset the Communication Parameters 189 Reset the Register 190 Reset the AGA Flow Parameters 190 Rebuild the AGA Files 193 Delete the DataSite Workbench Program 193 Clear the DNP3 Parameters 193 Initialize the File 194 Display System 195 Clear Starts sa s Piu dee Te MEL REP vex ERA 195 Configure the Scan Settings 4424 oo pee etra Er IEEE 196 Understand the Scan 196 Open the Scan Settings Dialog 200 Edita Scan Block cespite eese ds 201 Publication 1758 UMO002D EN P October 2010 DataSite DN
154. documents are available on CD ROM or in multi languages Allen Bradley Industrial Automation Glossary A glossary of industrial automation terms and abbreviations Common Techniques Used The following conventions are used throughout this manual in this Manual Bulleted lists such as this one provide information not procedural steps e Numbered lists provide sequential steps or hierarchical information type is used for emphasis Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Table of Contents DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Table of Contents Preface Who Should Use this Manual 22 ater rb ree iii Purpose of this sneer EORR ODORE iii Related x quon ded ee pite Pa aber y E ct iii Common Techniques Used in this iv Chapter 1 ss tiv ads Pat end o MEE edad ei 13 Hardware and Software 14 DS st dns edet bU CR e Ra MEE enit ER 15 Created NOW eripe Det uino aa 16 paved PEOIGCD s oderat eau ropa 16 Openra Projeetss os ose tae hs ANS E Ea pO e 17 Close DS MC wo IE be Vers ore tu dd 17 Configure PC Communication Settings 18 Configure Controller Communication Settings 21 Configure Serial Port 22 Configure TCP IP Set ne
155. e Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Complete the Calibration Follow these steps to complete the calibration 1 After the calibration process ends click Finish The system will ask you if you want to stop using forced signal values 2 If you want the flow calculation to return to using the live single inputs from the sensors click Yes If you want the controller to continue using the forced values click No If you want to exit without stopping the forced signals click Cancel Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 185 Initialize the Controller Use the Controller Initialization function to initialize the DataSite controller Open the Controller Initialization dialog box Follow this step to open the Controller Initialization dialog box From the Operation menu choose Controller Initialization The Controller Initialization dialog box appears Controller Initialization Information O Communication Test O Connect Controller O System Initialization Set O Register Initialization AGA Parameter Initialization Sys info Run Files Initialization J File System Initialization DS Workbench initialization Clear info O DNP3 Initialization Switch Controller into Service Mode To initialize the controller you must set the controller into the Service mode first Follow these steps to set the controller into the Service mode 1 Po
156. e Maximum zeroing time is too large e DI too high Value of the first density data is too high e Not in reference or sample mode nvalid date e nvalid alarm relay HOLD default code e Frequency too high 10 This bit can mean any of the following e ower range value too low Lower range value is less than the lower sensor limit e Applied process too low Process applied to the field device is too low e Multidrop not supported Field device does not support multidrop e nvalid range code Range code selected is not valid Calibration location not set to user Before this command can be accepted the calibration location must be set to User e nvalid configuration for special calibration Configuration is not set properly for special calibration e nvalid liner material code Liner material code selected is not valid e Frequency set point too low Value entered for the frequency set point is too low e Density high limit too low Value entered for the density high limit is too low e nvalid address Address for this field device is not valid e Trim location not set to user Before this command can be accepted trim location must be set to User e nvalid body type code e nvalid volume units e nvalid density units e Maximum zeroing time is too small e DI too low Value of the first density data is too low e nstrument in reference mode e nvalid analog output type code e nvalid automatic temperature comp
157. e flow rate m3 hr m3 hr Heating value MJ m MJ m3 Turbine rate pulses m pulses m3 Interval or BMP 5 5 Enable a Meter Channel and Its Accumulation Calculation DS FloConfig lets you select the meter channel you want to enable for measurement When a meter channel is enabled the flow meter will calculate the flow rates of this metet After enabling a meter channel you can choose to enable the accumulation of vatiables In this case accumulation means that all the accumulated variables such as the accumulated flow in this hour the accumulated flow today and the total accumulated volume will increase once evety second The increased volume is the current instantaneous flow in this second which is flow rate Follow these steps to enable a metet 1 Under Meter Parameter select the Enable check box Meter Parameter v Enable IV Accumulate Standard Jacas M Interval 1 AGA8 Methods cR co2 w2 1 2 Click Download Follow these steps to calculate the accumulation quantity of the meter every second 1 Under Meter parameter ensure the Enable check box is selected 2 Select the Accumulate check box 3 Click Download to apply the settings to the DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 136 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig After installing a meter enable one meter first Make sure all the parameters have been set correctly and the flow rate h
158. e phone number above to obtain one to your distributor to complete the return process Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA DU002 available at http www rockwellautomation com literature Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret 5 Kar Plaza Is Merkezi E Blok Kat 6 34752 erenk y stanbul Tel 90 216 5698400 www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 2496 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation NV Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Copyright 2010 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A
159. e records will be sorted in chronological order Clicking the column headings mote than once will toggle the sort order For example if you click the Time column heading again the recotds will be sorted in reverse chronological order The following is an example of hourly records from 2009 9 29 to 2009 9 29 for meter run 2 sorted in chronological order C Day Upload From FLO c Hour PUn 2 starttime 2009 929 Endtme 2009 928 Refresh Time met Unit av P peri density _ Flowtime qt 2009 09 29 00 00 00 2 US 14 739489 50 000000 120 000000 0 581202 3600 189426 28 166033 00 7 2009 09 29 01 00 00 2 US 14 739487 50000000 120000000 0 581202 3600 189426 28 166033 00 7 2009 09 29 02 00 00 2 US 14 739469 50000000 120000000 0 581204 3600 189426 28 18603300 7 2009 09 29 03 0000 2 US 14 739483 50000000 120000000 0 581202 3600 169426 29 166033 00 7 2009 09 29 04 00 00 2 US 14 739489 50000000 120000000 0 581202 3600 189426 28 166033 00 7 2009 09 29 05 00 00 2 US 14 739472 50000000 120000000 0 581203 3800 189426 28 166033 00 7 2009 09 29 06 00 00 2 US 14 739473 50000000 120000000 0 581203 3600 189426 28 18603300 7 2009 09 2807 0000 2 US 14 739489 50000000 120000000 0 581202 3600 169426 29 16603300 7 2009 09 29 08 00 00 2 US 14 739482 50000000 120000000 0 581202 3600 169426 29 166033 00 7 2009 09 29 09 00 00 2 US 14 739489 50000000 120000000 0 581204 3
160. e settings are saved successfully the message Save into file successful will appear in the status bar of the Event Settings dialog box Load the Event Settings IMPORTANT If you have made any changes in the Event Settings dialog box without saving them the changes will be discarded once the saved settings are loaded from the file Follow this step to load event settings from the file Event Parameter evt e Click Load If the settings are loaded from the file successfully the message Load from file successful will appear in the status bar of the Event Settings dialog box Close the Event Settings Dialog Box Follow this step to close the Event Settings dialog box e Click Exit DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 83 Debug the Controller The Controller Debug function allows you to use test registers and retrieve Pro rams data from the DataSite controller for online or offline debugging of the user g programs you have written for the controller in DataSite Workbench Note that you can use this function to view a DataSite register value Only DataSite registers can be monitored DataSite Workbench internal variables cannot be monitored unless they are written into a DataSite register Open the Controller Debug Dialog Box Follow this step to open the Controller Debug dialog box From the Tools menu choose Controller Debug The Controller Debug dialog box appears and the file Controller Debug ref
161. e slave equipment for reading data from and writing data to The controller will read data from or write data to the slave equipment from this address The address range is determined by the signal type Heg Num The number of read write data registers that follow the start register address of the master register and the slave register For example if Reg Num is 10 the Master Start Register is 40001 and the Slave Start Register is 41001 this means there are 10 master registers with register addresses running sequentially from 40001 40010 and 10 slave registers with register addresses 41001 41010 Remark This field lets you enter a note or a tip for the scan block This information can be saved onto the PC but unlike other parameters it will not be downloaded to the DataSite controller The maximum string length for this field is 90 characters DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 39 Cnt and State These two parameters do not require user configuration If you set up a scan block successfully two columns for these parameters will be added in the scan block list automatically Block Type Module ID Signal Type Scan Time Master Start Slave Start R Num 0 051 Block i 1 2 3 0001 The Err Cnt value represents the number of times the scan block fails to communicate with the slave device After the scan block is configured if there is no connectio
162. e the Multi Paste function to paste a HART scan block to multiple rows This function works in the same way as the Multi Paste function in the Scan Settings dialog box For details see Paste a Scan Block to Multiple Rows on page 45 Use the Shortcut Menu You can also use the shortcut menu for Insert Delete Copy and Paste functions Follow this step to use the shortcut menu Right click the row you want to apply the function to The shortcut menu appeats Here is an example HART Settings Send Regist Return Unit Regis 41 42001 43001 HARTOCh 0 0 1 i Empty Block rm 2 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 74 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Load the HART Settings This function enables you to load the HART settings previously saved in a file buffer on the PC This allows you to verify the settings while the DataSite controller is offline Follow this step to load HART settings from the file Click Load If the settings ate loaded successfully the status bar will display the message Load from file successful HART Settings NO HART Cha Address Comm Scan Ti HART1 Ch 41 4100 42001 43001 T 1 Empty Block 2 Paste Multi Paste Load Save Upload Download mee am eses gt Save the HART Settings Follow this step to save the HART settings into a file buffer on
163. e to send commands to The effective range is 0 2 e The HARTO channel supports multi branched HART scan and the data of up to 13 pieces of HART equipment can be scanned e The HART1 and HART2 channels are point to point scan and not only do they support HART protocol communication they also support data collection of 4 20 mA You should set the HART address as 0 In the Address box specify the communication address of the HART equipment The effective range is 0 15 4 From the Command Num pull down menu choose the HART commands to be sent to the HART equipment This table shows the effective value of each HART command Effective values of HART commands Effective Value HART Commands Effective Value 0 Read Unique Identifier 1 Read Primary Variable 2 Read P V Current And Percent Of Range 3 Read Dynamic Variable And P V Current 15 Read Transmitter Variables 33 Read Primary Variable Output Information Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 70 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Effective values of HART commands Continued Effective Value HART Commands Effective Value 35 Write Primary Variable Range Values Only Use in HART TRIG block 38 Reset Configuration Changed Flag 40 Enter Exit Fixed Primary Variable Current Mode Only Use in HART TRIG block 44 Write Primary Variable Units Only Use in HART TRIG block 40 Read additional Transmitter Status 54 Read Tra
164. each field signal refer to I O Wiring in the DataSite Electronic Flow Meter and Remote Terminal Unit Hardware User Manual publication 1758 UM001 Data Type For each signal address select its data type e UShort Unsigned short Float Floating point kand b The linear slope k and constant b are calculated using the engineering calibration range shown in the following table Hi the maximum engineering value range of the instrument connected with the AI channel Lo the minimum engineering value range of the instrument connected with the AI channel These are the default ranges for each signal DP 0 150 in of 60 F e P 0 1500 psia e 0 150 F Input Address Data Data k b Type AIO 30001 USHORT 1000 50000 Sampled processed value Hi Lo 50000 10000 Lo 10000 30002 USHORT 1000 50000 Sampled processed value Hi Lo 50000 10000 Lo 10000 Al2 30003 USHORT 1000 50000 Sampled processed value Hi Lo 50000 10000 Lo 10000 AI3 30004 USHORT 1000 50000 Sampled processed value Hi Lo 50000 10000 Lo 10000 Al4 30005 USHORT 1000 50000 Sampled processed value Hi Lo 50000 10000 Lo 10000 Alb 30006 USHORT 1000 50000 Sampled processed value Hi Lo 50000 10000 Lo 10000 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 142 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Input Addre
165. ect the Communication Test check box 3 Click Set All settings will be downloaded into the controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 97 Controller Initialization Information US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download Betting state Initializtion 0001 Communication Test O System Initialization O Register Initialization O Connect Controller Set Sys Info Run O DNP3 Initialization eo Clear Info O DS Workbench Initialization O File System Initialization 4 Click Run followed by Close Here the communication parameters of COM2 are set to be test parameters See this table COM2 communication test parameters Parameter name Parameter value Station 1 Protocol Modbus RTU Master Slave state Slave Duplex Full Baud rate bps 57600 Parity None Data bits 8 Stop bits 1 Port type RS232 Timeout 10 ms 100 Delay time 10 ms 0 5 Start DS Settings and choose PC Communication Settings from the Tools menu Set the PC baud rate as 57600 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 98 X DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings x Serial Ports Settings TCP IP Settings Station 1 m Station Protocol Modbus RTI IP Address 192 168 100 75 Duplex Fun 600 P
166. ed block by 1 select the check box for Add by addr In the Count box enter the number of blocks you want to paste In this example if the following settings ate made Nulti paste the result will be this PR Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Scan Config C 1 File Edit View Operation Help D gd UD OS m e Ge E9 PC Communication is ike No Block Ty Address Signal Type Scan Ti Master Register Slave Register Reg Num Err Cnt Err Stati Insert Eg ria Conmunicatio USiBlock 1 WrieHoldRe 1 500 40001 40001 1 FLO RIC 1 US1 Block 1 Write Hold Re 1 500 40001 40001 1 Delete T 2 81 Block 1 Write Hold Re 1 500ms 40001 40001 1 H iste 3 US1Block 1 Write Hold Re 1 500ms 40001 40001 1 4 Copy vents 5 a 6 Paste EE meter Rand 7 dE meter Runt d Multi Paste xod meter Runz 10 11 oad 1 a EH Meter Rund 13 Save EH Meter Run5 14 Upload xod meter Runs 16 17 H Meter RunT 18 Download Hart 19 Ec Excita 22 Clear Cnt 22 23 24 25 lt gt lt gt Ready Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 208 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Use the Shortcut Menu You can also use the shortcut menu for Insert Delete Copy and Paste functions Follow this step to use the shortcut menu e Right click the row you want to apply the function to The shortcut menu appears He
167. eived in this command is not valid e nvalid meter option Meter option selected is not valid e Special sensor not available Calibration for special sensor is not available e nvalid transfer function code e nvalid strapping point number e nvalid base mass flow units e nvalid base volume flow units e nvalid trim point number e nvalid cutoff type code e nvalid security code e nvalid alarm relay delay time code This bit can mean any of the following e nvalid analog output number code e nvalid level value e nvalid alarm relay number code e nvalid buffer number code 16 Access restricted 28 Invalid range units code 32 Device is busy 64 Command not implemented 1 Bits 6 0 are decoded as an integer and not bit mapped Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 223 Second byte when unused Bit 7 6 Description All bits 0 when a communication error is reported in the first byte Second byte Field Device Status Bit Value Description 7 hex 80 Field device malfunction 6 hex 40 Configuration changed 5 hex 20 Cold start 4 hex 10 More status available 3 hex 08 Analog output current fixed 2 hex 04 Analog output saturated 1 hex 02 Nonprimary variable out of limits 0 hex 01 Primary variable out of limits Insert a HART Scan Block Follow these steps to insert a HART scan block
168. ensation code e nvalid alarm relay configuration code eFrequency too low e nvalid low high millivolt code Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 66 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings First byte when bit 7 0 Command Response Continued Bit Description 11 This bit can mean any of the following e Upper range value too high Upper range value is greater than the upper sensor limit e Excess correction attempted Correction attempted is outside of the permissible limits of the field device e n multidrop mode When in multidrop mode this command cannot be performed The analog output is deactivated and cannot be used when the polling address is set to a value within the range of 1 15 e nvalid sensor type code Sensor type code selected is not valid e nvalid sensor material code Sensor material code selected is not valid e nvalid base volume units code Base volume units code selected is not valid e nvalid base flow units code Base flow units code selected is not valid eFlow rate set point too high Value entered for the flow rate set point is too high e Density low limit too high Value entered for the density low limit is too high e Access denied Access to this part of the memory is not allowed e nvalid transmitter variable code e Invalid item number e nvalid wetted material code e Standard deviation too large e D2 too high Value of the second density data is too high e n
169. er This alarm is active only if this item is set as a variable in an alarm event P The pressure input is outside of alarm limits either higher or lower This alarm is active only if this item is set as a variable in an alarm event T The temperature input is outside of alarm limits either higher or lower This alarm is active only if this item is set as a variable in an alarm event If an item has an error or has triggered an alarm event a red dot will appear next to the item Alarm amp Error const Fesult cutoff DP PI P e For the alarms that have been configured all the historical and current state alarms will be recorded in the event records For instructions on configuring alarm events see Configure Alarm Events DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 129 Clear Accumulation Follow these steps to clear the value of all the accumulated variables of a metet There is no Undo for the Clear function Use this function cautiously 1 In the configuration tree click the Meter Run item for the meter you want The Meter Run dialog box for that meter appeats 2 Click Clear C ger 7 r Flow Accumulated Volume Total Base 2732332 m3 Volume Total Flowing 2583933 Mass Total 121493 Ibm Volume Today Base 50759019 f3 Volume Today Flowing 48002566 f3 Mass Today 22571 14 Ibm Volume Last Hour Base 161308 33 Volume Las
170. er 13 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 Uu short RW 13 49026 short R Return code 49027 u short Meter run 0 7 49028 int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 293 Parameters for command number 13 Continued Address Data Type Attribute Description 49035 u_short W Address of differential pressure or pulse 49036 u_short W Data type of differential pressure or pulse 0 short 1 float 49037 float W K factor of differential pressure or pulse 49039 float W B factor of differential pressure or pulse 49041 Uu short Address of pressure 49042 u short W Data type of pressure 0 short 1 float 49043 float W K factor of pressure 49045 float W B factor of pressure 49047 Uu short W Address of temperature 49048 Uu short W Temperature data type 0 short 1 float 49049 float W K factor of temperature 49051 float W B factor of temperature Event codes for command number 13 Event Name Event Code EVENT INPUT P Address 39 EVENT INPUT PD Type 40 EVENT INPUT P 41 EVENT INPUT P B 42 EVENT INPUT T Address 43 EVENT INPUT TD Type 44 EVENT INPUT T K 45 EVENT INPUT T B 46 EVENT INPUT DP Address 47 EVENT INPUT DPD Type 48 EVENT INPUT DP 49 EVENT INPUT DP B 50 Public
171. er 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 115 Co nfigure FLO Use FLO Communication settings to set controller parameters such as serial Communication Settings port parameters or Ethernet parameters and low power settings in the sleep mode of the controller Open the FLO Communication Dialog Box Follow this step to open the FLO Communication dialog box n the configuration tree click FLO Communication ps FLoConfig 88888888 FLO Communication C Program FilesXRockwell Automation DS FloConfigl File Edit View Operation Help gt o Se E PC Communication COM1 COM2 Ethernet E FLO Communi cati E Mac 0000 0 i 1 i 1 o FLO RTC Station Station pe 192 168 100 75 168 100 75 History Protocol Modbus RTU Protocol Modbus RTU Mask 255 255 255 0 a Events Mode Slave X Mode Slave Duplex Fun E Duplex Fui Gateway 192 168 100 1 SE meter Rano Baud 9600 Baud 57600 Port 502 2 a Mater Runt Parity None Parity None Y Sl herer Databit 8 E Databit s E Meter Run3 Stop bit 1 bd Stop bit 1 M E Meter Rund Type RS232 X Type RS232 Y Meter Run5 Ex 1 100 ms i 100 ms di Meter Timeout Timeout Meter RunT Delay 0 Delay 0 Oms Power Enable Communication Password 4 chars COM1 Ethernet Resource Number d d d n Upload Save Load Publication 1758 UM002D EN P Octo
172. er Gas Components enter the mole percentages of carbon dioxide hydrogen and catbon monoxide From the Condition Type pull down menu choose Real or Ideal depending on the type of relative density of the gas In the Relative Density box enter the relative density of the gas Under Relative Density Reference Conditions enter the pressure and reference temperature of the gas Under Gas Heating Value Option enter the heating value and reference temperature of the gas DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 147 7 save this configuration click Save The Save button is located to the right of the Field Signal parameters in the Meter Run window The mole percentage of each component the heating value and the relative density should not exceed the range which is listed in table 1 of Valid Range of Gas Characteristics for AGAS Methods on page 148 8 Click Download to apply the settings to the DataSite controller Configure Parameters for the GR CO2 N2 Method Follow these steps to calculate gas flow using GR CO2 N2 1 Under Meter Parameter from the AGA8 Methods pull down menu choose GR CO2 N2 Gas Components 0 5956 MeterRun 0 Unit U S Use automatic components Meter Parameter analvsis instrument Enable Accumulate 96 Standard AGA3 X Interval 1 5 Nitrogen N2 0 0000 o5 AGAS Methods GR CO2 N2 s Carbon Dioxide 0 5956 Instrument Param Gas Analysi
173. er run 0 7 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u_short R Whether the alarm for differential pressure or pulse is enabled 0 Disable 1 Enable 49036 float R Upper alarm limit of differential pressure or pulse 49038 float R Lower alarm limit of differential pressure or pulse 49040 float R Alarm dead band of differential pressure or pulse 49042 u_short R Whether the alarm for static pressure is enabled 0 Disable 1 Enable 49043 float R Upper alarm limit of static pressure 49045 float R Lower alarm limit of static pressure 49047 float R Alarm dead band of static pressure 49049 u_short R Whether the alarm for temperature is enabled 0 Disable 1 Enable 49050 float R Upper alarm limit of temperature 49052 float R Lower alarm limit of temperature 49054 float R Alarm dead band of temperature Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 298 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 There is no event code for command number 16 Return codes for command number 16 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 17 Set Up the Calculation Input Parameters Use command number 17 to set up the corresponding parameters excluding the gas component parameters for one meter run Parameters for command number 17
174. eserved 49035 u_short W Whether accumulation calculation is enabled Event codes for command number 11 Event Name Event Code EVENT_START_ACCUMULATE 14 EVENT_STOP_ACCUMULATE 15 Return codes for command number 11 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 02 The value for accumulation input is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 292 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Command Number 12 Read Disable Enable Setting for Accumulation Calculation Use command number 12 to read the disable enable setting for accumulation calculation for a meter run Parameters for command number 12 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u short RW 12 49026 u short R Return code 49027 u short R Meter run 0 7 49028 u int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u_short R Whether or not the accumulation calculation is enabled on this meter run There is no event code for command number 12 Return codes for command number 12 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 13 Set the Input Parameters Use command number 13 to set up parameters for pressure temperature and differential pressure or pulse These parameters include the data address type and factors K and B Parameters for command numb
175. esponds to the uncertainties identified in the following figure The Expanded Range column gives the average uncertainties of gas characteristics This is expected to be higher than the Normal Range specifically outside of Range 1 shown in the following figure Temperature 130 60 8 62 120 200 20 000 140 10 000 70 m a a 5 5 zc zi wo Nn uo n 2 a 2 500 17 1750 12 0 0 200 80 17 443 250 400 Temperature F Acquire the Gas Component Parameter values You can configure the Gas Component Parameter as described in Select an AGAS8 Method on page 144 but you can also you can acquire the Gas Component Parameter values from the Use automatic components analysis instrument option 1 Select the Use automatic components analysis instrument option 2 A number field for setting the Interval appears while the gas component number fields ate disabled The default interval value is 10 seconds while the range is 10 65535 The Gas Component values are automatically acquired from the analysis instrument For more information see Modbus Registers for Reading Gas Component Parameters on page 277 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 150 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Gas Components 0 5956 Use automatic components analysis instrument Methane CH4 0 0000 Nitrogen N2 0 0000 i Butane i C4H10 n Butane n
176. ess Results of a command are excluded from its status because the command is still in the process of being completed eWarning External input is not set to 4 20 mA temperature eWarning Time is corrupt eWarning Units and 4 20 points set to new sensor limits 9 This bit can mean any of the following e ower range value too high Lower range value is greater than the upper sensor limit e Applied process too high Process applied to the field device is too high e Not in proper current mode Field device is not in fixed current mode or the current has not been set to the correct value e Not in proper analog output mode Field device is not in fixed analog output mode or the analog output has not been set to the correct value Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 65 First byte when bit 7 0 Command Response Continued Bit Description 9 Invalid module type code Selected module type code is not valid Continued e nvalid flange type code Selected flange type code is not valid e Frequency set point too high Value entered for the frequency set point is too high e Density high limit too high Value entered for the density high limit is too high e Selected totalizer cannot be reset Totalizer selected for display and tertiary variable cannot be reset e nvalid page Page requested is not supported e nvalid level units eFilter auto adjust error
177. ettings to the Controller 230 Clear the Error Count ore RR tds 231 Chapter 3 Tattod cto9a is ated te etes o eam pte a Ls 233 IDNP3 Eedtutes 3 stet S etm ee dd 233 DNP3 Protocol 235 DNP3 Data Object Library 44 do Ren 235 DNP Class Objects ae ett am here E T P 236 DNP3 Internal Indication 236 SDINB33 2 gares d eR a USA eC BARCO NUR NS ED RO e 237 SDNP3 Network 237 SDNP3 Data Scan 239 SDNP3 Channel and Session 239 SDNP3 Data ObJects zx us s 241 SDNP3 Data Points and 242 SDNP3 Session I O Points 243 Stay DS DINP3S i e e tS RATE e oe de ee AS 244 Configure PC Communication Settings 245 Configure the PC 245 Configure DS DINPS ii Gill Aha Taco baa eden S pU dede 248 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 10 Table of Contents Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UMO002D EN P October 2010 Configure the DS DNP3 248 Configure a DS DNP3 252 Download the Configuration file 256 Upload the C
178. evice After the scan block is configured if there is no connection with the slave device or if communication fails this value will be incremented by 1 after each scan cycle This value is an indication of the status and efficiency of the communication For example if the value keeps incrementing this means that the communication has failed This could be due to a faulty physical connection between the DataSite controller and the slave device or due to incorrect patameter settings In addition a low value indicates a more efficient communication If the Err_State value is 1 it means the communication has failed A value of 0 indicates that the communication is OK Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 200 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Open the Scan Settings Dialog Box Follow these steps to open the Scan Settings dialog box n the configuration tree click Scan Config The Scan Config window appears Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Scan Config C 1 PC Communication bed i Scan Ti Master Register Slave Register Reg Num Err Cnt Err_Stat Insert ES ro Communicatio 0 M Ss a LL o FLO RIC 1 s Delete History 3 o Events 4 d Copy QQ ues 5 DE meter Runo 7 GMM meter Runt 9 MultePaste GMM meter Runz 10 SHE heter 1 E 4 eter 12 3 H Meter Rund 13 Save H Meter RunS 11 Upload SH meter Runs 16 17 FH a Meter RunT 18 Do
179. exit the local connection Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 101 Display System Information Follow these steps to display the basic factory information on the DataSite controller 1 Set the controller into the Service mode 2 Click Sys Info Basic factory information on the DataSite controller appears in the Information box Controller Initialization Information US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download Program info Sn 12345678 Rn 99630544 Hn 00008C6061D0 P Starting 51758 DLoad Start UDP P DownLoading Sup1758 EC13 DownLoad UDP H Information N1 HART 232 485 232A18A02DI8DO4PI3 HRN 1 60 P_Information 1758 FRN 1 10 O Communication Test Set Connect Controller 0 System Initialization O Register Initialization Sys Info Run DNP3 Initialization a This table provides a description of the system information that is displayed System information Information Item Description Sn Unique serial number of the DataSite controller Rn Unique registration number for the DataSite controller Hn MAC ID for DataSite controller The format is xx xx xx xx xx where xx represents hexadecimal numbers P Starting Name of the boot loader application P Downloading Name of the downloader application which is used to write the downloaded application in
180. file is loaded successfully the message Load from file successful will appear in the Information box Controller Communication Settings Information ninad from controller Default etn Load from file successful 72 Serial Ports Settings Upload COM Station Protocol State Duplex Baud R Parity Data Bits Stop PortType Timeout Delay Time p COM 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 Download COM2 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 Device Info l Exit TCP IP Settings NET MAC Address IP Address Resource Num NETO 00 11 25 48 29 E8 192 168 100 075 ho Power Enable Register IP Settings COMI NET Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet NETO 255 255 255 000 192 168 100 001 LED Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 31 Upload the Controller Communication Settings from the Controller Follow this step to upload read the controller parameter settings from the controller Click Upload If the settings are uploaded successfully the message Upload from controller successful will appear in the Information box Controller Communication Settings r Information Uploading onizolle upload from controller successful gt Serial Ports Settings COM Station Protocol State Duplex Baud R Parity Data Bits Stop Bi Timeout Delay Time
181. g the Controller Programs on page 83 By configuring scan blocks you can set internal registers of other devices to be read into the DataSite controller After that you can read and write these registers via the Controller Debug dialog box in the DS Settings tool For methods of configuring scan blocks see Settings on page 35 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 104 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Modbus Register for Signals This table lists the Modbus registers and their data types Modbus addresses and attributes Name Data Type Modbus Address Attribute DIO BOOL 10001 Read only BOOL 10002 Read only DI2 BOOL 10003 Read only DI3 BOOL 10004 Read only DIA BOOL 10005 Read only 015 BOOL 10006 Read only DI6 BOOL 10007 Read only DI7 BOOL 10008 Read only DI8 BOOL 10009 Read only DI9 BOOL 10010 Read only DI10 BOOL 10011 Read only DOO BOOL 00001 Read write 001 BOOL 00002 Read write D02 BOOL 00003 Read write D03 BOOL 00004 Read write AIO SHORT 30001 Read only U_SHORT 30002 Read only Al2 U_SHORT 30003 Read only AI3 SHORT 30004 Read only Al4 U_SHORT 30005 Read only Al5 U_SHORT 30006 Read only AIG U_SHORT 30007 Read only 7 SHORT 30008 Read only AO0 U SHORT 40001 Read write A01 U_SHORT 40002 Read write PIO U_INT 30011 30012 Read only PI1 U INT 30013 30014 Read only 2 U INT 30015
182. ges without time 2 2 Binary input changes with time 2 3 Binary input changes with relative time 10 0 Binary output state all variants 10 1 Binary output 10 2 Binary output state 12 1 Control relay output block 12 2 Pattern control block 12 3 Pattern mask 20 0 All variants 20 1 32 bit binary counter DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 255 SDNP3 object library Continued Object No Variant No Description 20 2 16 bit binary counter 20 5 32 bit counter without flag 20 6 16 bit counter without flag 21 0 All variants 21 1 32 bit binary freeze counter 21 2 16 bit binary freeze counter 21 5 32 bit freeze counter 21 6 16 bit freeze counter 22 0 All variants 22 1 32 bit binary counter change event without time 22 2 16 bit binary counter change event without time 22 5 32 bit binary counter change event with time 22 6 16 bit binary counter change event with time 23 0 All variants 23 1 32 bit freeze counter change event without time 23 2 16 bit freeze counter change event without time 23 5 32 bit freeze counter change event with time 23 6 16 bit freeze counter change event with time 30 0 Analog input all variants 30 1 32 bit analog input 30 2 16 bit analog input 30 3 32 bit analog input without signs 30 4 16 bit analog input without signs 30 5 Short floating point 32 0 Analog change events all vari
183. gned integer HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 59 Purpose Write Number of Responses Preambles Send register 0 Number of preambles to be sent with the Response message from the Slave to the Master 8 bit unsigned integer between 5 and 20 Return register Not used Unit register Not used HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 Variable and Command Each piece of HART equipment is designed differently For example when you use command 3 to read variables from HART equipment the four dynamic variables returned may have different meanings and not all four vatiables may be valid Refer to the documentation for the HART equipment for more information See also the table Description of HART commands Response Message The response message of a piece of HART equipment contains the Err Num and Err State values The Err Num value indicates the number of times communication with the HART equipment has failed The Err State value indicates whether communication with the HART equipment is a success or failure An Err State value of 0 means that communication with HART equipment is successful An Err State value of 1 means that the communication with HART equipment has failed Er Cnt State 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 You can also read the response code from the HART equipment It is stored as two bytes in the state register which you have configured in the HART scan block If bit
184. guration Utility DS FloConfig 199 Slave Register This is the start address of the register on the slave equipment for reading data from and writing data to The controller will read data from or write data to the slave equipment from this address The address range is determined by the signal type Heg Num The number of read write data registers that follow the start register address of the master register and the slave register For example if Reg Num is 10 the Master Register is 40001 and the Slave Register is 41001 this means there are 10 master registers with register addresses running sequentially from 40001 40010 and 10 slave registers with register addresses 41001 41010 Remark This field lets you enter a note or a tip for the scan block This information can be saved onto the PC but unlike other parameters it will not be downloaded to the DataSite controller The maximum stting length for this field 15 90 characters Cnt and Err State These two parameters do not require user configuration If you set up a scan block successfully two columns for these parameters will be added in the scan block list automatically Block Type Module ID Signal Type Scan Time Master Start R Slave Start Reg Num C rr Cnt Err State Remark 0 Lust Block AQ ses a 1 2 3 The Err_Cnt value represents the number of times the scan block fails to communicate with the slave d
185. he Automatic Components option is selected or deselected AGA Standard When the flow calculation standard is changed AGA8 Method When the compressibility calculation method is changed Calculation Interval When the calculation interval is changed BMP Base Multiplier Period When the BMP is changed Base Pressure Base Temperature DP Cutoff When the base pressure is changed When the base temperature is changed When the differential pressure cutoff is changed Pressure Type When the pressure type is selected Atmospheric Pressure When the atmospheric pressure is changed Static Pressure Tap Location Orifice Material Orifice Diameter When the location of pressure tap is selected When the orifice plate material is selected When the diameter of the orifice plate is changed Orifice Measurement Reference Temperature When the orifice measurement reference temperature is changed Tube Material When the tube material is selected Tube Diameter When the diameter of the tube is changed Tube Measurement Reference Temperature When the tube measurement reference temperature is changed Relative Density Condition Type When the relative density condition type is set as Real or Ideal Relative Density When the relative density is changed Reference P for Relative Density When the reference pressure for relative density
186. hernet LED Step 2 Configure the Controller Communications Settings for the Modbus Slave Station Controller Communication Settings Information Downloading to controller Download to controller successful Load Serial Ports Settings COM Station Protocol State Duplex Baud R Parity Data Bits StopBi Upload COMI 1 Modbus RTU Master COM2 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 1 None 8 Download Device Info TCP IP Settings MAC Address IP Address Resource Nun 00 11 25 48 29 E8 192 168 100 075 mM Power Enable Register IP Settings Subnet Mask Default Gateway 255 255 255 000 192 168 100 001 Ethernet LED Serial Ports Settings cou con Pary station 2 Data Bits Protocol Modbus RTU v Stop Bits State Port Type Duplex Timeout BaudRate 57600 DelayTime E gt 1 LE RS232 100 homs a 0 10s Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 52 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Controller Communication Settings Information Downloading to controller Download to controller successful Load m Serial Ports Settings Tee COM Station Protocol Duplex Baud R Data Bits Stop Timeout Delay Time 2 Modbus RTU Slave Full 57600 None Download CO
187. hese steps to start DS Settings 1 Start Microsoft Windows 2 Click Start gt Programs gt Rockwell Software gt DataSite Products gt DataSite Tools gt DS Settings The DS Settings window appears The default project file name is Project Menu bar Toolbar Project browser Editor window Status bar Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 16 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Create a New Project Follow these steps to create a new project 1 From the File menu choose New Project The New Project dialog box appears 2 Enter the project name for example DS RTU prj 3 Click OK The new project file DS RTU prj in this example is created C Program Files Rockwell Automation NDS Settings NDS Settings Project The file is opened in the project browser Eos settings project 7 File F Tools Help H Dr el mS Ready C Save a Project Follow this step to save a project using its current file name e From the File menu choose Save The project file DS RTU prj is saved in the current location In this example it is C Program Files Rockwell Automation V DS Settings NDS Settings Project Follow these steps to save the project into a different file 1 From the File menu choose Save As Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings The Save As d
188. history data Address Data Type Attribute Description 49067 49097 As above As above Record 2 49099 49129 As above As above Record 3 49131 49161 As above As above Record 4 49163 49193 As above As above Record 5 49195 49235 As above As above Record 6 49237 49267 As above As above Record 7 49269 49299 As above As above Record 8 There is no event code for command number 22 Return codes for command number 22 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 02 Start date index is invalid 03 Number of records you want to get is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 311 Command Number 23 Get Hourly History Use command number 23 to get hourly history data Parameters for command number 23 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 23 49026 u_short W Return code 0 OK 49027 u_short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 u_short W Start date index 0 35 0 Today 1 Yesterday 49031 u_short W Start hour index in the day 0 23 24 29 49032 u_short W Number of records you want to get The maximum value is 8 49033 49034 Reserved Registers for record 1 of hourly history data Address Data Type Attribute Description 49035 u_char 0 R Year storage time u_
189. hoose the AGA7 gas flow calculation standard you need to configure these parameters nstrument parametets TIP For any changes to parameter settings to be applied to the DataSite controller you need to click Download Before downloading any changes to the DataSite controller it is tecommended that you perform an upload This helps prevent modifying information that you did not intend to change Instrument Parameters for AGA7 Standard m Instrument Parameter Base Pressure 14 7300 psi Base Temperature 60 0000 Cut off Pulse 00000 pulses s Pressure Type cae Atmospheric Pressure 147300 psi Tap Locatior These instrument parameters are the same for both AGA3 and AGA7 calculation methods Base pressure Base temperature Pressure type Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 140 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 For descriptions on these parameters see Configure AGA3 Process Parameters on page 137 e Cut off Pulse When the pulse of the turbine meter during the base multiplier period BMD is lower than the value entered in the Cut off Pulse box the DataSite controller will consider any flow as inexistent There will be a cutoff alarm in the Meter Run window and the flow rates become zero when this happens r Meter Parameter Enable Standard Accumulate
190. ialog box appears 2 Browse to the location you want to store the project file in and enter the new file name 3 Click Save Open a Project Follow these steps to open a project 1 From the File menu choose Open 2 Browse to the location of the project file you want 3 Select the project file and click the Open button The DS Settings window appears FH Ds Settings Project ABl xi Tools Heb H Dc 5m Ready Close DS Settings Follow this step to close DS Settings e From the File menu choose Exit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 18 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Configure PC Communication Settings Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 The DataSite controller can be connected to the PC via the serial port or the Ethernet TCP IP port Use PC Communication Settings to set up the communication mode and parameters for this connection Follow these steps to configure PC Communication settings 1 From the Tools menu choose PC Communication Settings Wps Settings Project File BOUE Help i Communication Settings a Controller Communication Settings Scan Settings Event Settings Controller Debug Controller Initialization HART Settings al gt The PC Communication Settings dialog box appears x r Serial Ports Settings TCP IP Settings Station 1 mj Station 1
191. iation Applied Engineering Hi 200 Messured 0 Engineering Lo 1 11753e 006 Record Static sisi m Applied value Measured value Deviation Applied Engineering Hi 2500 Messured 0 Engineering Lo 0 Differential Pressure Applied value Measured value Deviation in H20 at 60F Applied Engineering Hi 200 Messured 0 Engineering Lo 1 11759e 006 Record lt Back Cancel Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 132 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 4 Click Finish The following dialog box appears DS FloConfig 2 jJ Are you sure you want to stop forcing signals No 5 Click No followed by OK The flow meter will calculate the flow according to these values of T D and DP PI MeterRun 0 Clear Flow Rate Flow Accumulated Volume Rate Base Qv 164178 7188 Volume Total Base 15049 fg Volume Rate Flowing qv 169408 8438 m3mr Volume Total Flowing 15528 Mass Rate qm 7300 5083 Ibmihr Mass Total 669 Ibm Process Measurements Static Pressure Volume Today Base 15049 81 f3 14 00 psia Volume Today Flowing 1552909 m3 F Mass Today 868 21 120 0000 in H20 at 60F Volume LastHour Base 000 m Calculated Compressibility Volume Last Hour Flowin 000 Factor Base Zb 29979 Mass Last Hour 0 00 Ibm Factor Flowing Zf Volume Yesterday Base 0 00 Others 3 ooo m 05038 Ev 316 Volume Yesterday Flowing 13 0 00 08974
192. ing DataSite controllers using the DataSite Workbench software DataSite Screen Builder user documentation available on the DataSite CD and from http www isagraf com Information on using the DataSite Screen Builder to create graphical user interfaces DataSite Workbench user documentation available on the DataSite CD and from http www isagraf com Information on using the DataSite Workbench to develop multi process control projects for use with DataSite controllers Modbus Protocol Specifications available from www modbus org Information about the Modbus protocol Allen Bradley Programmable Controller Grounding and Wiring Guidelines 1770 41 In depth information on grounding and wiring Allen Bradley programmable controllers Application Considerations for Solid State Controls SGI 1 1 A description of important differences between solid state programmable controller products and hard wired electromechanical devices Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Related publications for DataSite controllers Continued Pub Title National Electrical Code Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA Pub Number Description An article on wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment Allen Bradley Publication Index SD499 A complete listing of current documentation including ordering instructions Also indicates whether the
193. ion of the compressibility factor modified 19 Calculation interval modified 20 BMP base multiplier period modified 21 Contract standard reference ratio pressure modified 22 Contract standard reference ratio temperature modified 23 Cut off differential Cut off pulse modified 24 Pressure type modified 25 Atmospheric pressure modified 26 Tap location modified 27 Orifice material modified 28 Orifice diameter modified 29 Orifice reference temperature modified Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 344 Global Event Codes for Modbus Protocols Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Codes for parameter modification events Continued Code Parameter Modification Event 30 Tube material modified 31 Tube diameter modified 32 Tube reference temperature modified 33 Relative density type modified 34 Relative density modified 35 Reference pressure for measuring relative density modified 36 Reference temperature for measuring relative density modified 37 Gas heating value modified 38 Reference temperature for gas heating value modified 39 Register address of pressure modified 40 Pressure data type modified 41 Pressure K factor modified 42 Pressure B factor modified 43 Register address of temperature modified 44 Temperature data type modified 45 Temperature K factor modified 46 Temperature B factor modified 47 Register address
194. ion parameters Continued 215 Parameter Name Description Data Type Modbus Address of Meter Run 0 X force flag Indicate which parameter will use force input Uu short 32114 Bit 0 Differential pressure or pulse Bit 1 Static pressure Bit 2 Temperature dp B Differential pressure B factor for AGA3 calculation float 32115 32116 This parameter is not used for AGA7 calculation dp K Differential pressure factor for AGA3 calculation float 32117 32118 Pulse K factor for AGA7 calculation fDp Cutoff Cut off differential pressure for AGA3 calculation float 32119 32120 p B Static pressure B factor float 32121 32122 pK Static pressure K factor float 32123 32124 t B Temperature B factor float 32125 32126 tK Temperature K factor float 32127 32128 fAGA Pb Base pressure float 32129 32130 fAGA Tb Base temperature float 32131 32132 fdr_Orifice Orifice diameter float 32133 32134 fTr dr Orifice Orifice reference temperature float 32135 32136 fDr Pipe Tube diameter float 32137 32138 fTr Dr Pipe Tube reference temperature float 32139 32140 fBarometric Atmospheric pressure float 32141 32142 fHeatVal Heat value float 32143 32144 M HeatVal Heat value reference temperature float 32145 32146 fGr Relative density float 32147 32148 fP M Gr Relative density reference pressure float 32149 32150 fT M Gr Relative density reference tempera
195. is an example of the type of information displayed Start upload Upload finished The following is an example display of event records after they are uploaded from the DataSite controller PE ps FLoConfig bc6061e1 Events C XDemoX21 File Edit View Operation Help Upload From FLO t Start time 2009 11 1 v Endtime 2009 12 10 Refresh Type Time Met Data Old Value New Value Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 31 7 Temperature Register 30002 30001 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 31 7 DP Register 30003 30001 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 31 7 Disable Enable a Meter 148 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 31 7 Meter Run Disable Enable E 147 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 27 6 Tube Material Carbon steel 304 amp 316 stai heter Runt 146 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 27 6 Temperature Register 30002 30001 EH a Meter Run 145 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 27 6 DP Register 30003 30001 144 Modified para 2008 11 15 12 17 27 5 Accumulate Disable Enable a Meter Run3 143 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 27 6 Meter Run Disable Enable Meter Rund 142 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 22 5 Tube Material Carbon steel 3048316 stai 141 Modified para 2008 11 15 12 17 22 5 Temperature Register 30002 30001 ll meter Runs 140 Modified para 2009 11 1512 17 22 5 DP Register 30003 30001 T Meter 139 Modified para 2009 11 15 12 17 22 5 Accumul
196. is as follows e Read Unique Identifier 0 e Read Primary Variable 1 e Read P V Current And Percent Of Range 2 eRead Dynamic Variable And P V Current eRead Transmitter Variables 15 e Read Primary Variable Output Information 33 e Reset Configuration Changed Flag 38 Read additional Transmitter Status 48 eRead Transmitter Variable Information 54 Scan Time Send Register Time cycle of scanning HART equipment data Effective range is 50 ms 450 hours Register for storing command data Effective range is 40003 49999 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers Return Register Register for storing command response data Effective range is 40003 49999 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers Unit Register Register for storing the unit of HART equipment data returned Effective range is 40003 49999 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 212 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Description of HART block parameters Continued Header HART State Addr Description Register for storing HART equipment state returned Effective range is 40003 49999 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers Err Cnt Number of times an error occurs After the HART scan
197. ist of recent project files select the project file you want to open 3 Click OK The selected project file is open in the DS FloConfig window Close DS FloConfig Follow this step to close DS FloConfig e From the File menu choose Exit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 112 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Configure PC The DataSite controller can be connected to the PC via the serial port or the Ethernet TCP IP port Use PC Communication settings to set up the Communication Settings P 2 communication mode and parameters for this connection Open the PC Communication Dialog Box Follow this step to open the PC Communication dialog box n the configuration tree click PC Communication 8 DS FLoConfig PC Communication C Program Files Rockwell Automation DS FloConfig Testi d loj File Edit View Operation Help oo T 5 25 Serial Com uw FLO Communication s Station 1 Z FLORTC c Protocol Modbus RTI History 3 Events Duplex Fun zj meter Runo Baud 9600 ll veter Runt Parity None Type Select COM Meter Run2 veter Run 8 Timeout 2000 ms a Meter Run3 meter Runs Try a Meter RunS a Meter Run Sl veter Run Kk Hart F H A A A A d 9 8 8 Set Up PC Communication Follow these steps to set up the PC communication 1 Fro
198. ister 49030 indicates how many new alarm records have been loaded with this reading The maximum number is 15 Each new alarm record consists of 12 registers and has the same format as an alarm Parameters for command number 25 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u short RW 25 49026 u short R Return code 0 OK 49027 u short W Reserved 49028 u int W Pass code for user 49030 u short R Number of read records Parameters for command number 25 Continued Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 315 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49031 u_short R Number of remaining new records 49032 u_short R Number of lost records 49033 49034 Reserved There is no event code for command number 25 Return codes for command number 25 Return Code Description 00 OK 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 26 Read Event Logs Use command number 26 to read event logs for up to 20 events at a time Each event consists of 10 registers Parameters for command number 26 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 26 49026 u_short R Return code 0 OK 49027 u_short R Reserved 49028 u int W Pass code for user 49030 u short W Event start index 0 699 49031 u_short W Number of events to load in 1 20 49032 49034 Reserved Registers for event 1 Address Data Type Attribute
199. ity DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Select an AGA8 Method AGAS is used for calculating compressibility factors of natural gas and other related hydrocarbon gases There are three AGA8 methods Gas analysis This is the Detail Characterization Method in AGA8 standard This method applies a detailed knowledge of the mole fractions of up to 21 components of natural gas HV GR CO2 This is the Gross Characterization Method 1 in AGAS standard This method uses heating value relative density and carbon dioxide content as inputs GR CO2 N2 This is the Gross Characterization Method 2 in AGAS standard This method uses relative density carbon dioxide content and nitrogen content as inputs Select one of these methods according to the known conditions in the field and click Download to apply the settings to the DataSite controller DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 145 Configure Parameters for the Gas Analysis Method Follow these steps to calculate gas flow using gas analysis 1 Under Meter Parameter from the AGA8 Methods pull down menu choose Gas Analysis Under Gas Components all the fields become available Gas Components 100 0000 Meter Run 0 Unit U S ad Use automatic components Meter Parameter analysis instrument i Butane i C4H10 0 0977 o V Enable V Accumulate Methane CH4 96 5222 gutane n C4H10 01007 amp Standard Interval i
200. ization check box Click Set The DNP3 parameter settings are deleted from the DataSite controller Click Run and exit the service mode Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 194 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Initialize the File System The File System Initialization option lets you do the following Clear all the parameter settings made in DS Settings for example Scan block HART scan block and PID block settings Clear DNP3 parameters Clear registers This is equivalent to selecting the following check boxes Register Initialization e DNP3 Initialization e DS Workbench initialization Follow these steps to initialize the file system 1 Set the controller into the Service mode 2 Select the File System Initialization check box TIP When the File System Initialization check box is selected the AGA Parameter Initialization AGA Files Initialization DS Workbench Initialization and DNP3 Initialization check boxes are cleared This is because the File System Initialization function includes these other functions 3 Click Set The new settings are downloaded to the controller 4 Click Run and exit the service mode DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 195 Display System Information Follow these steps to check the basic factory information of the DataSite controller 1 Set the controller into the Service
201. ization d op Information US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download Setting state Initializtion code 0008 m O Communication Test Set m Cani eite O System Initialization Register Initialization Sys Info Run DNP3 Initialization i itializati Clear Info AD suu ee OLLI es 4 Click Run and exit the local connection Reset the DNP3 Parameters Follow these steps to reset all the DNP3 parameters to their default values 1 Set the controller into the Service mode 2 Select the DNP3 Initialize check box 3 Click Set Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 96 X DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings All settings will be downloaded into the controller Controller Initialization En Information US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download Betting state Initializtion code 0200 O Communication Test Set m Canisii O System Initialization O Register Initialization Sys Info Run DNP3 Initialization i itializati Clear Info Close File System initialization workbench initialization 4 Click Run and exit the local connection Test the Communication Follow these steps to obtain the communication settings of the DataSite controller such as baud rate of the serial port and the IP address of the Ethernet port 1 Set the controller into the Service mode 2 Sel
202. k you want to delete 2 Click Delete dialog box prompting you to confirm the deletion appears 3 To confirm the deletion click OK To cancel the deletion click Cancel Copy a HART Scan Block Follow these steps to copy a HART scan block 1 Select the block you want to copy 2 Click Copy Paste a HART Scan Block Follow these steps to paste a HART scan block 1 Select the block you want to copy and paste 2 Click Copy to copy the block HART Settings Address Comm 1 Send Regist Return Re Unit Regis HART1 Ch 4 42001 43001 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 72 Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 3 Select the row you want to paste the copied block to HART Settings You only select an empty row that is right after the selected block ot a tow that already contains a block Click Paste to paste the copied block HART Settings HART1Ch 1 HART1Ch 1 41001 42001 43001 44001 If you are pasting over a row that already contains a block the following dialog box appeats P These modules have already been configured Are you sure you want to overwrite sese eere Click Yes to overwrite the block or No to cancel the pasting Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 73 Paste a HART Scan Block to Multiple Rows Us
203. l number 0 65535 Meter run 2 Short integer Meter run number 0 7 Event type 2 Short integer Description of event type Old value 4 FLOAT Old value New value 4 FLOAT New value Format of alarm records Field Size Type Description Date 4 FLOAT Log date in the format MMDDYY 0 Time 4 FLOAT Log time in the format HHMMSS 0 Alarm serial 4 FLOAT Serial number 0 65535 Register add 2 Short integer Modbus register address which generates the alarm Alarm type 2 Short integer There are four alarm types 1 ALARM HI LIMIT 2 ALARM HI RECOVE 3 ALARM LOW LIMIT 4 ALARM LOW RECOVE Value 4 FLOAT New value Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 340 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller The following table lists the register addresses associated with the alarm parameters fot each meter run Register addresses for alarm parameters Run Description Variable Register 0 Differential pressure alarm DP 31301 Average static pressure alarm P 31302 Average temperature alarm T 31303 1 Differential pressure alarm DP 31304 Average static pressure alarm P 31305 Average temperature alarm T 31306 2 Differential pressure alarm DP 31307 Average static pressure alarm P 31308 Average temperature alarm T 31309 3 Differential pressure alarm DP 31310 Average static pressure alarm P 31311 Average temperature alarm T 31312 4 Differential pressure alarm DP 31313
204. l of the methane component is changed N2 When the percentage level of the nitrogen component is changed C02 When the percentage level of the carbon dioxide component is changed C2H6 When the percentage level of the ethane component is changed C3H8 When the percentage level of the propane component is changed H20 When the percentage level of the water component is changed H28 When the percentage level of the hydrogen sulfide component is changed H2 When the percentage level of the hydrogen component is changed CO When the percentage level of the carbon monoxide component is changed 02 When the percentage level of the oxygen component is changed iCAH10 When the percentage level of the i butane component is changed nC4H10 When the percentage level of the n butane component is changed iC5H12 When the percentage level of the i pentane component is changed nC5H12 When the percentage level of the n pentane component is changed DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 179 Descriptions of parameter modification events Continued Parameter Condition modification event nC6H14 When the percentage level of the n hexane component is changed nC7H16 When the percentage level of the n heptane component is changed nC8H18 When the percentage level of the n octane component is changed nC9H20 When the percentage level of the n nonane component is changed nC10H22 When the percentage
205. le of Contents Configure the Historical Records 151 Configure the Daily Historical Records 152 Configure the Hourly Historical 154 Load the Configuration from the 156 Save the Configuration to the 156 Upload the Configuration from the Controller 156 Download the Configuration to the Controller 157 View Historical Records 157 Sort Historical Records serseri eerren cc 160 C nfigure Tar ox ecu eae en 161 Open the Alarm Config dialog 161 Enable an Alarm Configuration 163 Insert an Alarm Configuration 164 Disable an Alarm 166 Delete an Alarm 167 Load Alarm 167 Save Alarm 167 Upload Alarm 168 Download Alarm 168 View Alarm Event 169 Sort Alarm Event Records 171 Understand the Alarm Record 172 View Event Records iiu
206. level of the n decane component is changed HE When the percentage level of the helium component is changed AR When the percentage level of the argon component is changed Pulse Cutoff When the pulse cutoff is changed Interval for Collecting components analysis instrument When the the interval is changed Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 180 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Calibrate the Meter Sensor The Meter Calibration function allows you to maintain continuous measurement of the flow rate by the flow meter while calibrating field sensors You can do this by sending forced signals to the flow meter to replace the field signals from the sensors You need to calibrate the meter sensor in the following situations when the sensor does not wotk but the meter 1s required to accumulate measurements continuously when the sensor needs to be checked for its accuracy Open the Force Signals dialog box Follow this step to open the Force Signals dialog box From the Operation menu choose Meter Calibration The Force Signals dialog box appears Set Forced Values for Field Signals Follow these steps to set forced values for the field signals you want to calibrate 1 In the Force Signals dialog box select the meter run Force Signals Meter Run MeterRunO MeterRun1 MeterRun2 C Meter Run3 C MeterRun4 MeterRun5 C MeterRun6 Meter Run7 Temperature F St
207. loConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Upload Alarm Configurations Follow this step to upload read the list of alarm configurations from the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can upload the settings 1 Click Upload 2 Click OK to close the message box Download Alarm Configurations Follow this step to download write the list of alarm configurations to the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can download the settings 1 Click Download 2 Click OK to close the message box DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 169 View Alarm Event Records Alarm events include four types Lo Limited Hi Limited Lo Recovery and Hi Recovery You can configure the signal variables you want to record For more information see Configuring Alarm Events Examples of system events controller power off power on and reset Follow these steps to display the Events log 1 In the configuration tree click Events PE DS FLoConfig bc6061d0 Alarms C Deno 2 File Edit View Operation Help GE 00 Sm PC Communication ns Comuni catio Upload From FLO 2009 2009 9 29 Refresh FLO RIC ag History i Day Config gt Hour Config o Events t Alarms o Alarm Confi Meter Run0 o Field Param a Meter Runl a Meter Run2 a Meter Run3 a Meter Runt a Meter Run5 E Meter
208. located in the current project directory is displayed in the project browser file pane Hs Settings Project i Project Controller Communication X PC Communication Parametd E Controller Debug rof PID PID Registers pid Register Group Value Type 0 BOOL 0 BOOL 0 BOOL Controller Debug Offline New Group Delete Group wen z Rename Group Add Register Edit Register Delete Register Exit Controller Temp C Current Error Clear Error Read Battery Valtage v Error Record Read Continue System Status DS Workbench Status PC Time Oct 13 2009 15 29 12 Tues Adjust Time Initiation Status Controller Time SetTime Communications are OK Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 84 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Controller Debug Register Group Address Value 00002 0 New Group 00003 0 00004 0 Delete Group Rename Group Add Register Edit Register Delete Register Controller Temp C Current Error Clear Error Battery Voltage V Error Record Read Continue System Status DS Workbench Status PC Time Oct 13 2009 15 28 36 Tues Adjust Time Initiation Status Controller Time Set Time Communications are OK Toggle between Online and Offline Debugging The Offline Online button lets you toggle between online and offline debugging for test registers in the DataSite controller Foll
209. lock settings Clear DNP3 settings Clear registers This is equivalent to selecting the following check boxes Register Initialization e DNP3 Initialization e DS Workbench inititialization Follow these steps to initialize the file system 1 Set the controller into the Service mode 2 Select the File System Initialize check box A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm the initialization Controller Initialization Information US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download A Sure to Initialize the file system O Communication Test Connect Controller System Initialization _ O Register Initialization Sys Info DNP3 Initialization i itializati Clear Info Close File System Initialization workbench Initialization Eros 3 Click Yes Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 100 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Status messages corresponding to the file initialization appear in the Information box Controller Initialization Information US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download Setting state Initializtion code 0100 O Communication Test O System Initialization Set O Register Initialization Sys Info Run DNP3 Initialization i itializati Clear Info Close File System Initialization ro workbench Initialization _Slear ino _ close O Connect Controller 4 Click Run and
210. low these steps to insert a scan block 1 In the Scan Config window select a scan block 2 Click Insert The Scan Edit dialog box appeats Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Scan Config 1 000 we wie PC Communication No Block Ty Address Signal Type Scan Ti Master Register Slave Register Reg Num Err Cnt Err Stati Insert FLO Comwunicatio 9 2 Lo FLO RIC 1 3 Delete fe History 3 Events 4 Copy QQ ues 5 Ewen 8 ppa No EE meter Runt Z lo em Runz 0 Block Type ust NNI HH Meter Run3 12 pes HH a Meter Rund 13 Save Meter Runs 11 Signal Read Coil Register v Upload EE SE meter Run 16 Scan Time 1 24 500ms 17 ESM tater 18 MasterRegister 1 00001 04096 Download Hart 19 Ss i 1 ej 5 i Pove 1000109999 Clear Err Cnt can Config 21 Ee 1 21 4 22 Reg Num 2 1 120 23 24 Remark 25 v gt lt i lt gt p Ready 3 Enter the values for the scan block in the Scan Edit dialog box 4 To save the changes and close the Edit dialog box click OK To close the Edit dialog box without saving click Cancel Delete a Scan Block Follow these steps to delete a scan block 1 Select the block you want to delete 2 Click Delete Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 203 dialog
211. lower address For example if a 32 bit double precision floating point number such as 1234 5678 is to be stored two registers such as register 40108 and register 40109 can be combined to store the number In hexadecimal 1234 5678 is 449A 552B The DataSite controller will store 449A in register 40109 and 522B in register 40108 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 213 Registers Used in HART Commands The following table lists the number of registers used in each HART command for the four register types namely Send Return Unit and HART state Number of registers used in each HART command Command Description Number of registers Send register Return register Unit register HART state register 0 Read Unique Identifier 0 10 0 2 1 Read Primary Variable 0 2 1 2 2 Read P V Current And Percent Of Range 0 4 0 2 3 Read Dynamic Variable And P V Current 0 10 4 2 15 Read Transmitter Variables 0 10 0 2 33 Read Primary Variable Output Information 4 12 4 2 35 Write Primary Variable Range Values 9 0 0 2 38 Reset Configuration Changed Flag 0 0 0 2 40 Enter Exit Fixed Primary Variable Current 4 0 0 2 Mode 44 Write Primary Variable Units 1 0 0 2 48 Read additional Transmitter Status 0 13 0 2 54 Read Transmitter Variable Information 1 10 2 2 59 Write Number Of Response Preambles 1 0 0 2 If the number of registers is 0 in any command you do not have to enter a register addres
212. ly a known signal to the sensor 2 In the Calibration Record dialog box enter the applied value in the Applied box Calibration Record Temperature Applied value Measured value Deviation Applied Engineering Hi 200 Messured 0 Engineering Lo 1 11759e 006 Record Static Pi meten Applied value Measured value Deviation k Applied Engineering Hi 2500 Messured 0 Engineering Lo 0 Record Differential Pressure Applied value Measured value Deviation in H20 at BOF Applied Engineering Hi 200 Messured 0 Engineering Lo 1 11753e 006 Record Back Cancel 3 In the Engineering Hi box enter the uppet limit of the value range for this sensot In the Engineering Lo box enter the lower limit of the value range for this sensot 5 Wait until the measured value is stable and then click Record This records the group of data and the system will calculate the deviation of the applied value against the measured value The deviation is calculated as follows Deviation measured applied Engineering Hi Engineering Lo 100 6 You may repeat this process IMPORTANT When calibrating a pulse signal the forced pulse value must be set to the pulse number per second In addition the measured value and the field applied value should also be the total number of pulses Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 184 DataSit
213. m Meter Runi Meter Run2 a Meter Run3 Meter Runt a Meter Run5 E Meter Run E Meter RunT Save User Var2 Notuse gt 0 UserVar3 Notuse 0 Upload Usevad Notuse 0 33000 OF 43000 Download S XL XE XE SE SI I d 3 To select a meter run click its corresponding button The meter run buttons are located at the top of the Day Config frame 4 To record more information configure the user variables accordingly To configure a user variable select its data type from the Data Type list and enter its register address in the Modbus Register box You can configure up to four user variables The format for the other variables are fixed The Energy variable is reserved and the value in record is zero Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 1 153 5 save the configuration to a file buffer on the PC click Save The message Save successful appears 6 Click OK to close the message box 7 Click Download The configuration is downloaded into the controller At the same time the message Download successful appears 8 Click OK to close the message box TIP The total number of daily records is 35 Variables for Daily Historical Records This table shows the variables you can log in the daily historical records The details of some of the variables can be found in Display the Flow Re
214. m the Type Select pull down menu choose the type of communication port used between the PC and the DataSite controller e For Ethernet communication mode choose UDP For Serial port communication mode choose one of the COM ports COMI COM10 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 113 2 If you have chosen UDP set up the parameters for the TCP IP connection r Serial Com r Ethernet Station mM Protocol Modbus RTI 192 168 100 75 Duplex w Baud 9600 panty us Gweseea oor T Databit Timeout 200 ms Stopbit z 0 3 Password EE Parameters for TCP IP communication Parameter Description Default Value Station number Station corresponding to the DataSite 1 controller communication Fthernet port IP address IP address corresponding to the Ethernet 192 168 100 75 communication port of the DataSite controller The address is in the format XXX XXX XXX XXX Made up of four octets with each octet ranging between 0 and 255 Port no Port corresponding to the DataSite 502 controller 3 If you have chosen a COM port set up the parameters for the serial port connection em Com E r Ethernet Station 1 Station 1 Protocol Modbus RTI IP Addr Duplex Port Baud 500 Parity None Gre Select com s IE zy Timeout 2000
215. m the deletion click OK To cancel the deletion click Cancel Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 43 Copy a Scan Block Follow these steps to copy a scan block 1 Select the block you want to copy 2 Click Copy The selected scan block is copied Paste a Scan Block Follow these steps to paste a block 1 Select the block you want to copy and paste 2 Click Copy to copy the block Scan Settings NO Block Type Address Signal Type Scan Time Master R Slave R Reg N Cnt Err State Remark Insert 0 UST Block pepper e SEE Copy Paste Multi Paste Load 1 2 3 4 5 5 7 8 Save Upload Download Clear Err Cnt Exit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 44 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 3 Select the row you want to paste the copied block to TIP You can only select an empty row that is right after the selected block ot a tow that already contains a block Scan Settings BlockType Address Signal Type Scan Time Master R Slave R Reg N Err Cnt Err State Remark Insert US1 Block 1 Write nHo 1 500ms 40001 41001 10 0 Paste Multi Paste Load Save Upload Download Clear Err Cnt Em Ez ENTM Emm EM Exit 4 Click Paste to paste the
216. me Enable T adjustTime Event Month Year Minute System Error Event Day pA Month Hour I Reset Event M Hour 8 e week C Midday IV Minute 30 C Midnight 7 Second 0 Load Save Upload Download Exit 2 Use GET to read the RTC return value and check bit 3 for the alarm event Bit 3 will be set to 1 when the event occurs Example for a Calendar Event Set and get an event that occuts at seconds 0 minutes 0 hours on the first day of every month 1 In the Event Settings dialog box select the Calendar Enable check box and click Month Then click Download Another method is to use EV_CALE_CFG and EV RTC SET to configure the event x System Events Alarm Event Calendar Event Time Event Second Event Alarm Enable CalendarEnable Time Enable T Adjust Time Event T Month Minute system Error Event Day Hour Reset Event Hour fo Midday Minute 0 Midnight Second 0 Load Save Upload Download Exit loc D 2 Use EV GET to read the RTC return value and check bit 2 for the second event Bit 2 will be set to 1 when the second event occurs Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 79 Example for a Time Event
217. meter run Parameters for command number 5 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u short RW 5 49026 u_ short R Return code 49027 u_short Meter run 0 7 49028 u int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u short W 0 Disable 1 Enable Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 287 Event codes for command number 5 Event Name Event Code EVENT RUN ENABLE 11 EVENT RUN DISABLE 12 Return codes for command number 5 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 02 Input value is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 6 Read the Disable Enable Flow Calculation Setting Use command number 6 to read the disable enable setting of the flow calculation for a meter run Parameters for command number 6 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 6 49026 u_short R Return code 49027 u_short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u_short R 0 Disable 1 Enable There is no event code for command number 6 Return codes for command number 6 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 100 Pass code is wrong Other Invalid Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 288 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FL
218. mode or the current has not been set to the correct value e Not in proper analog output mode Field device is not in fixed analog output mode or the analog output has not been set to the correct value Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 220 _DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig First byte when bit 7 0 Command Response Continued Bit 9 Continued Description Invalid module type code Selected module type code is not valid e nvalid flange type code Selected flange type code is not valid e Frequency set point too high Value entered for the frequency set point is too high e Density high limit too high Value entered for the density high limit is too high e Selected totalizer cannot be reset Totalizer selected for display and tertiary variable cannot be reset e nvalid page Page requested is not supported nvalid level units eFilter auto adjust error e Maximum zeroing time is too large e DI too high Value of the first density data is too high e Not in reference or sample mode Invalid date e nvalid alarm relay HOLD default code eFrequency too high This bit can mean any of the following range value too low Lower range value is less than the lower sensor limit e Applied process too low Process applied to the field device is too low e Multidrop not supported Field device does not support multidrop e nvalid range code Range co
219. ms Stopt i z l L Type Password Parameters for serial port communication Parameter Default Value Station number 1 247 1 Baud rate bps 2400 4800 9600 14400 19200 9600 38400 56000 57600 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 114 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 4 In the Timeout box enter in milliseconds the timeout duration for the communication response to be received from the DataSite controller 5 In the Try box enter the maximum number of attempts for the computer to connect to the DataSite controller 6 Enter a password in the Password box This password is required for successful communication between the computer and the DataSite controller for example when setting and saving parameter configurations The factory default setting for the password is 0000 TIP The factory default setting for the password in DataSite is blank This means you can enter any code in the Password box to communicate with the DataSite controller protect the configuration on the DataSite controller it is important to change the password Without the password information can still be uploaded from the controller but downloads to the controller are forbidden For instructions on how to change the password see Change the Communication Password 7 Click Apply The new settings are applied Publication 1758 UM002D EN P Octob
220. mum number of scan tasks is 128 This table lists the description of each item in a scan block Scan block parameters and their descriptions Scan Block Parameter Description Block type Scan block data category Module Addr Modbus slave station number of serial communication equipment connected with COM1 or 2 Signal type Signal register category Scan time Read Write interval Master Register Register address where data is saved in the controller decided by the user Slave Register You can set the read write data register address of the slave communication equipment according to the parameter form of the slave communication equipment register Reg Num The number of read write data registers Err Cnt The number of times the scan block fails to communicate Err State Scan block communication state If the Err State value is 1 it means the communication has failed A value of 0 indicates that the communication is OK Remark User comments You can enter a note or a tip for the scan block Note that this field will not be downloaded to the DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 36 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Block Type The block type indicates the category of scan block data Scan block types and their descriptions Name Function US1 block 1758 RTU controller Read write data of the seri
221. n RS232 port The Enron Modbus protocol used in the oil and gas industry is based on the Modbus ASCII and Modbus RTU protocols The 1758 FLO DataSite controllers support Enron Modbus and standard Modbus protocols on the same serial port The standard Modbus protocol and the Enron Modbus protocol use different station addresses This feature allows the standard PC host to communicate with the 1758 FLO controller in the standard Modbus protocol and an Enron Modbus host to communicate with this controller at the same time The 1758 FLO DataSite controllers support the following Enron Modbus function codes Enron Modbus function codes and descriptions Command Description 3 Read multiple numeric variables 6 Write single numeric variable 16 Write multiple numeric variables Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 324 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller Register Addresses 1758 FLO DataSite Variables Enron Modbus variable ranges The following table lists the address ranges of the Enron registers that hold short integers long integers and single precision floats Register address ranges Range Data Type Description 32 Record Event Alarm archive Event from 1 700 alarm from 701 1000 701 716 Record Hourly Daily archive 1001 2999 Boolean Reserved 3001 3450 Short integer 16 bits high byte first 5001 5080 Long integer 32 bits high byte fist high word first
222. n with the slave device or if communication fails this value will be incremented by 1 after each scan cycle This value is an indication of the status and efficiency of the communication For example if the value keeps incrementing this means that the communication has failed This could be due to a faulty physical connection between the DataSite controller and the slave device or due to incorrect parameter settings In addition a low value indicates a more efficient communication If the Err State value is 1 it means the communication has failed A value of 0 indicates that the communication is OK Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 40 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Open the Scan Settings Dialog Box Follow these steps to open the Scan Settings dialog box From the Tools menu choose Scan Settings The Scan Settings dialog box appears The file Scan Block Parameter scn located in the current project directory is displayed on the project browser file pane TIP You can also double click the Scan Block Parameter scn file in the project browser file pane to open the Scan Settings dialog box la xi File F Tools Help H DSH eela E amp i DS_RTU X PC Communication Parameter cfg 4 Controller Communication Parameter esy Scan Block Parameter scn ix Scan Settings Delete Paste Multi Paste Upload Unable to clear Publication 1
223. nabled Select one of the options Minute Hour Midday Midnight The option you select determines how frequently the time event routine will be executed e Minute At 0 seconds of every minute a corresponding time break task is executed in the application program written by users e Hour At 0 seconds 0 minutes hourly a corresponding time break task is executed in the application program written by users Midday At 0 seconds 0 minutes 12 hours noon daily a corresponding time break task is executed in the application program written by users Midnight At 0 seconds 0 minutes 0 hours midnight daily a corresponding time break task is executed in the application program written by users Upload Event Settings from the Controller Follow this step to upload read the event settings from the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can upload the settings Click Upload Download Event Settings from the Controller Follow this step to download write event settings to the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can download the settings e Click Download Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 82 _ DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Save the Event Settings Follow this step to save the event settings into the file Event Parameter evt on the PC e Click Save If th
224. nd Dead Band 3 Select the Enable check box 4 Click OK to save the configuration The configuration is displayed as Enabled PE Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 amp larm Config C XDemoX2 File Edit View Operation Help 2020 ge ole PC Communication js e Index Variable Deadband Enable 4 Insert Fo 1 Rund 070707070770 2 0 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 t History 3 DP P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 3 nes 4 Runt P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Save 5 Runt T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 au B Run2 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Load ies Kun Conf E Run2 P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 8 Run2 T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 9 Run3 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Upload Runt 10 Run3 P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 a 11 Run3 T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Download 12 Run4 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 X 13 P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 3 dii ice no 14 Run4 T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 15 5 DP P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 HeT necs Runs 18 5 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 x dis 17 Runs T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 eter pU Ty UR 5 Click Download The new settings are applied to the DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 164 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Insert an
225. nd the Session tree and click Points The data points you have bound in Step 3 are displayed PH ps DNP3 lol x Control Settings View Help 9 25 BD zi Communication PC parameter Z DNP Settings E Database 0 K Session E i Sessioni S Session2 Is Session3 Channel 0 Session 0 00 1 01 1 1 AO 1 PET String 1 Data Point Signal Type DNPNO Register DataType Storage Event Type 0 lDo 0 HL as 0 1 Bool 30001 16 Bit 40001 16 Bit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 262 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 2 Click the SessionO button to display the parameters for session 0 DTE Inixi Control Settings View Help Qaww af d Zh Communication S X amp PC parameter Z DNP Settings E Database Channelo Channel 0 Session 0 Master Station 3 Disable Ohj01 Default Variation 2 Ohj20 Default Variation Obj30 Default Variation Ohj21 Default Variation Obj32 Default Variation Ohj22 Default Variation S Session2 S Session3 E Points 1 2 It ies Gessiont Ohj02 Default Variation 1 Obj10 Default Variation 2 Obj23 Default Variation Obj40 Default Variation Time Synchronization AtStartUp Only Unsolicited Response Unsol Ret
226. ngs Dialog Box 49 Configuration Example oe eat sre aie ace eue a re NODI Od 50 Configure HART Settings ut ie De en e e Oel D e head an 55 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 6 Table of Contents Publication 1758 UMO002D EN P October 2010 Open the HART Settings Dialog 95 Understand HART Commands 57 Insert a HART Scan duae om MAM aa cesta AMS 68 Edita HART Scari Blot Roos dete eet e tine ebat 69 Delete HART Scan Block oberen 71 Copy a HART Scan 1 71 Paste a HART Scan Blocks e ye x RR Oe e a 71 Paste a HART Scan Block to Multiple 73 Use the Shortcut Menu HERE sa 73 Roadie HART uuu ved oed eo Co EAS Rf 74 Dave the HART SETORES ero ee ede rre e Abate i es er 74 Upload the HART Settings from the 75 Download the HART Settings to the Controller 75 Clear the Error Count sei eine hae e 75 Close the HART Settings Dialog BOX 75 Configure Event Settings 4 aunties veq apice xac ta a eq None a 76 Exent Examples soda e dad UD I Hc Db e P AC AH 77 Configure a System 79 Configure ati Alatin Event 4 oue DERE e oc 80 Configure a Calendar Event 80 Coffipure a Lime Velo ad uet oet tte
227. nical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At http www rockwellautomation com support you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit http www rockwellautomation com support Installation Assistance If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manual You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running United States or Canada 1 440 646 3434 Outside United States or Use the Worldwide Locator at http www rockwellautomation com support americas phone en html or contact Canada your local Rockwell Automation representative New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number call th
228. nication cable to connect one PC serial port with the COM2 of the controller IMPORTANT Only COM2 can be used Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 93 3 From the Tools menu choose Controller Initialize Select the Connect Conttoller check box Controller Initialization US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download O Communication Test O System Initialization O Register Initialization DNP3 Initialization O SaGRaF Initialization Information Set EX Sys Info Clear Info 5 Power up the DataSite controller 6 When US Download appears in the Infomation box clear the Connect Controller check box Controller Initialization US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download O Connect Controller 0 File System Initialization O Communication Test O System Initialization O Register Initialization DNP3 Initialization SUE Clear Info O DS Workbench Initialization Information Set Sys Info Run Close The DataSite controller has successfully gone into the Service mode Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 94 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Initialize DataSite Workbench Follow these steps to clear DataSite Workbench in the DataSite controller 1 Set the controller i
229. nsmitter Variable Information 59 Write Number Of Response Preambles Only Use in HART TRIG block Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 IMPORTANT Command 0 must be configured for each HART device in order for the other commands to work 5 Inthe Scan Time box enter the number of units and select the time unit to specify the time cycle of scanning HART equipment data For example if you enter 1 for the number of units and select 500 ms for the time unit the scan time will be 1 x 500 ms 500 ms This means that the current HART scan block will be executed every 500 ms 6 In the Send Register box define the register for storing command data 7 In the Return Register box define the register fot storing command response data 8 In the Unit Register box define the register for storing the unit of HART equipment data returned 9 In the HART State Addr box define the register for storing the HART equipment state returned TIP 10 Click OK The register range is 40003 49999 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers See Description of HART commands on page 58 for more information on the Send Return Unit and HART State Addr registers The Edit dialog box is closed and the settings are saved to the new block DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 71 Delete a HART Scan Block Follow these steps to delete a HART scan block 1 Select the bloc
230. nt Buffer Len Al Event Buffer Len 4 DI Event Scan Time PI Event Mode 100ms Last Valu v PI Event Buffer Len PI Event Scan Time String Event Scan Time I 100ms FreezePl Event Mode FreezePl Event Buffer Len FreezePl Event Scan Time Al Event Scan Time Last Valu 4 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 266 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Notes Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Chapter Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO This chapter describes communication with a SCADA system using the Extension Modbus protocol The Extension Modbus protocol is fully compatible with standard Modbus All data interchanges including flow history data are accomplished using the Extension Modbus protocol Modbus Register Definition The DataSite controller uses the Modbus address to share data between C programs and communication protocols The section describes the Modbus registers used in the DataSite controller including general purpose registers and user assigned registers Data formats Data Type Number of Registers Description Required u_char 1 Unsigned integer in the range 0 255 u short 1 Unsigned integer in the range 0 65535 u_int 2 Unsigned integer in the range 0 4294967295 float 2 IEEE single precision floating point number Data attributes Attribute Description RW Read
231. nto the Service mode 2 3 Select the DS Workbench Initialization check box Click Set All settings will be downloaded into the controller Click Run and exit the local connection Reset the Controller Communication Parameters Follow these steps to reset the controller communication parameters to their default values 1 Set the controller into the Service mode 2 Select the System Initialize check box 3 Click Set All settings will be downloaded into the controller Controller Initialization Information US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download Betting state Initializtion code 0002 O Connect Controller O File System Initialization O Communication Test Set System Initialization O Register Initialization Sys Info DNP3 Initialization NS bes Clear Info O DS Workbench Initialization Run Close 4 Click Run and exit the local connection Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 95 See Display the Default Settings on page 28 for the default values of the controller communication parameters Reset the Register Values Follow these steps to reset the register values in the controller to 0 1 Set the controller into the Service mode 2 Select the Register Initialize check box 3 Click Set All settings will be downloaded into the controller Controller Initial
232. ober 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 119 Lower Power Consumption The options in the Power Enable group allow you to shut the power supply to some parts of the DataSite controller to lower power consumption Follow these steps to lower power consumption 1 Under Power Enable in the FLO Communication dialog box clear the check boxes for the parts that can go to sleep e COMI port e Ethernet port e LED indicators Power Enable Com1 Ethernet LED IMPORTANT If you are still using a port do not clear its check box under Power Enable Otherwise communication may be interrupted For example when the DataSite controller is communicating via the Ethernet port do not shut the power supply of the Ethernet port 2 Click Download The settings are applied to the DataSite controller Set the Resource Number Optional The resource number is required by DataSite Workbench and DataSite Screen Builder to identify resources when the DataSite controller is binding with other controllers Each controller should have a unique resource number in the binding group For details on the resource number refer to the DataSite Workbench User s Guide Follow these steps to set the resource number 1 In the Resource Number box enter an integer for a resource 2 Click Download The setting is applied to the DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 120 DataSite Flow Config
233. ock Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Scan Config C 1 File Edit View Operation Help 0200 m mudo t Sm Communication n I No Block Ty Address Signal Type Scan Ti Register Slave Register Reg Num Err Cnt Err_Stat Insert FLO Comwnicstie o Block 1 Read Coil Re 1 500ms 1 1 1 rur ES a RS RUSSE MR E UE Delete fe History 2 ees 4 ERU 5 o ues Paste SH meter nuo 7 E a roce Multi Paste Runz 10 11 Load EE Meter Run3 12 n H meter Runt 13 Save 14 TE H meter Runs T Upload 6H meter Runs 16 a 17 Meter RunT 18 Download Hart 19 sean mete 22 23 24 25 gt lt gt 2i lt gt Ready 4 Click Paste to paste the copied block Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Scan Config C 1 File Edit View Operation Help oo 200 m t 5B PC Communi cation No Block Ty Address Signal Type Scan Ti Master Register Slave Register Reg Num Err Cnt Err Stati Insert 0 US1 Block 1 Read Coil Re 1 500ms 1 1 1 1 US1 Block 1 Read Coil Re 1 500ms 1 1 1 Delete 2 3 4 Copy ues 5 nao 7 ll meter Runt Multi Paste Runz 10 11 Load Gb meter Runa EH Meter Rund 13 Save 14 nas 15 Upload Runs 16 a 17 Meter RunT 18 Download Hart 19 SEEN 2 Clear Cnt 22 23 24
234. odbus register Each SDNP data point matches a Modbus register Each data point has a set of corresponding configuration parameters such as number of data points Modbus address data types event class and so on Data points can match actual RTU I O and also match intermediate variable registers Different data points can match the same Modbus register The collection of SDNP3 data forms the SDNP3 database The maximum number of data points of the database is 400 SDNP3 Data Points Modbus Register SDNP Database 00001 9 0 00001 DO ATE EET 1 00101 00 00101 2 10012 01 m d 001 77 4 30001 A i E al 10012 7 5 30002 Al ON JA 6 40001 A0 s x M 30001 Pd 95 ox 40101 A0 Pul 74 UN 30002 j p Jy 8 30001 z pr uy d ud 27 7 9 40102 PI 7 ee p dT 4 40001 22 d e me A y 10 41001 String rd r 40101 27 40102 Modbus register addresses can match any type of DNP3 data points For example any address of Modbus 3 or 4 data segments can be mapped to the AI points and AO points of DNP3 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 243 SDNP3 Session I 0 Points Each SDNP session has a group of session IO points data objects including the following types binary input points 01 binary ou
235. ommunication Settings This function lets you set up the controller parameters such as serial port parameters or Ethernet parameters and low power settings Scan Settings This function lets you configure Modbus master serial messages to Modbus slave devices Event Settings This function lets you configure four types of real time clock RTC interruption events namely system events alarm events calendar events and time events Controller Debug This function lets you use test registers and retrieve data from the DataSite controller for online or offline debugging of the user programs you have written for the controller in DataSite Workbench Controller Initialize Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 14 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings This function lets you initialize the DataSite controller back to factory defaults HART Settings This function lets you configure and send HART commands Hardware and Software To install DS Settings you need the following Requirements an IBM compatible PC with at least a 80486 microprocessor Pentium 166 and above a CD ROM drive at least 70 MB of free hatd disk space at least 32 MB of memory 64 MB recommended graphic card and e Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or Windows XP Professional Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 15 Start DS Settings Follow t
236. on For example the master station can scan high priority data more frequently and the slave station only returns the changes in event data The master station can obtain all the static data without priority allocation from the slave station through the scan of class 0 data DNP3 allows the slave station to send the change information of the event object proactively to several master stations send unrequested response information exception report The information is transmitted according to class objects such as the data which can be set to transmit the data of the highest priority class 1 only DNP3 Internal Indication IIN Sign The Internal indication IIN sign object is an important data object in DNP3 The IIN sign is set by the slave station to indicate its internal state and diagnostic results such as the appearance of class event equipment error equipment startup and equipment reset SDNP3 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 237 SDNP3 is a simplified protocol based on DNP3 The maximum number of data points that can be configured is 400 The maximum size of each session that can be configured is 200 data points Class 0 is static data without event characteristics Classes 1 2 and 3 contain event characteristics In each session the buffer for AI DI PI Freeze PI events can be set to a maximum length of 2000 data points and String event buffers can be set to a maximum of 10 data points When the even
237. on Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Parameters for command number 18 Continued Address Data Type Attribute Description 49036 u short R Units of measurement 0 U S 1 Metric 49037 short R Accumulate 0 Do not accumulate 1 Accumulate 49038 u short R Use automatic components analysis instrument 0 Disable 1 Enable 49039 u short R Calculation type 0 AGA3 1 AGA7 49040 short R Algorithm for the calculation of the compressibility factor 0 Gas Analysis 1 HV GR CO2 2 GR CO2 N2 49041 u short R Run interval 49042 u short R Base Multiplier Period BMP 49043 float R Contract standard reference ratio pressure 49045 float R Contract standard reference ratio temperature 49047 float u int R Cut off differential pressure cut off pulse 49049 uU short R Pressure type 0 Gauge 1 Absolute 49050 float R Atmospheric pressure 49052 short R Tap location 0 Upstream 1 Downstream 49053 u short R Orifice material 0 Type 3048316 stainless steel 1 Monel 2 Carbon Steel 49054 float R Orifice diameter 49056 float R Orifice reference temperature 49058 short R Tube material 0 Type 3048316 stainless steel 1 Monel 2 Carbon Steel 49059 float R Tube diameter 49061 float R Tube reference temperature Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 303 Parameters for command number 18 Continued Add
238. on about the controller and can be accessed by using the Enron Modbus protocol Short Integer Variables Short integer variables are accessed using commands 3 6 and 16 These commands are similar to the corresponding standard Modbus commands and they use Enron Modbus addressing The size of the data fields for each vatiable is determined by the variable address The read command returns two bytes for each requested register The write command provides two bytes for each register value Read only RO registers cannot be written by using commands 6 and 16 The following tables list all the short integer variables used by Enron Modbus in the DataSite controller The Access column in the tables indicates the register type Registers may be read write R W or read only R O Configuration registers are read write registers Firmware and hardware version information Register Description Access 3001 Firmware version high bytes RO ASCII code range 0x30 0x39 and Ox3E 3002 Firmware version low bytes RO ASCII code range 0x30 0x39 and Ox3E 3003 Hardware version high bytes RO ASCII code range 0x30 0x39 and Ox3E 3004 Hardware version low bytes RO ASCII code range 0x30 0x39 and Ox3E Real time clock variables Register Description Access 3005 Year Range 0 99 R W 3006 Month Range 1 12 R W 3007 Day Range 1 31 RAN 3008 Hour Range 0 23 R W 3009 Minute Range 0 59 R W 3010 Second Range 0
239. onfiguration 257 Save the Configuration file 257 Operation and Data Validation 1 258 Examples csi ecd ex teca Dept s per R iss 258 Chapter 4 Modbus Register Definition 267 Modbus Register 268 Modbus Registers for Physical I O 269 Modbus Registers used by the 1758 FLO Controllers 270 Modbus Registers for Contract 276 Modbus Registers for the Power Shutdown Time 277 Modbus Registers for Reading Gas Component Parameters 277 Addtesses Associated with the Extension Modbus Protocol Commands 281 Pass Code for Uset i o eee ea T RO RU 281 Command Listo berets ead sa belo hale eee EISE 282 Command Number 1 Correct the System Time 283 Command Number 2 Set the Pass 284 Command Number 3 Set the Device 285 Command Number 4 Read the Device Name 285 Command Numbet 5 Disable Enable the Flow Calculation 286 Command Number 6 Read the Disable Enable Flow Calculation DEFUI orca s st DR VN UCUO OPI EA ENSE 287 Command Number 7 Set the Transaction Contract Time 288 Command Number 8 Read the Transaction Contract Time 288 Command Number 9 Set Up the Input Signal Test 289 Command Numbe
240. ontroller Read write data of the serial equipment connected with the serial port COM1 US2 block 1758 RTU controller Read write data of the serial equipment connected with the serial port COM2 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 1 197 Scan blocks are configured in sequence and every block has a corresponding number The maximum numbet of block numbers is 128 When the type of a block is Empty Block its subsequent block configuration is invalid Address For 1758 RTU controller this means the Modbus slave station number of the serial communication equipment connected with COM1 or COM2 The range of the Modbus slave station number is 1 247 Signal Type The signal type indicates the category of register read write signal and its contents Signal types and functions Signal Type Function Modbus Command Read_State register Read 10001 14096 register 2 Read Hold register Read 40001 49999 register 3 Read Input register Read 30001 31024 register 4 Write 1Coil register Write 00001 04096 register 5 Write 1Hold register Write 40001 49999 register 6 Write nCoil register Write 00001 04096 register 15 Write nHold register Write 40001 49999 register 16 When the address of the master or slave register does not map to the signal the following error will appear Block Type us Block Cancel gt Sigr A Signal Type not mapped to Register Address Sc
241. or the date time attribute you want to set 3 For each check box you have selected in step 2 enter the date time value in the corresponding box The alarm event will be executed based on the frequency you set For example if you set Month as 1 Day 20 Minute 3 and Second 5 the alarm event will be executed annually at the third minute and fifth second of every hour on January 20 Configure a Calendar Event Follow these steps to configure a calendar event 1 Select the Calendar Enable check box Calendat events are enabled 2 Select one of the options Year Month Week The option you select determines how frequently the calendar event routine will be executed e Year Annually on January 1 at 0 hours midnight 0 minutes 0 seconds a corresponding calendar interruption task you have written in DataSite Workbench is executed e Month On the first day of every month at 0 hours midnight 0 minutes 0 seconds a corresponding calendar interruption task you have written in DataSite Workbench is executed e Week On the Monday of every week at 0 hours midnight 0 minutes 0 seconds a corresponding calendar interruption task you have written in DataSite Workbench is executed Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 81 Configure a Time Event Follow these steps to configure a time event 1 Select the Time Enable check box Time events are e
242. ormation Default Load Serial Ports Settings Upload ES uen TERIS Tune Times Delay Time Download wm Device Info M Exit Subnet Mask 255 255 255 000 Default Gateway 192 1 68 100 001 J Resource Nurr OK 1 Power Enable Register IP Settings COMI NET Subnet Mask Default Gateway IV Ethernet NETO 256 255 255 000 192 168 100 001 LED Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 27 Lower the Power Consumption The options in the Power Enable group allow you to shut the power supply to some parts of the DataSite controller to lower power consumption Follow these steps to lower power consumption 1 Under Power Enable in the Controller Communication Settings dialog box cleat the check boxes for the parts that can go to sleep e COMI port e Ethernet port e LED indicators Controller Communication Settings Information Default Load Save Serial Ports Settings COM Station Protocol State Duplex Baud R Parity Data Bits Stop Bi PortType Timeout Delay Time COMI 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 Download COM2 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 DEEREUETUEW Upload Device Info Exit TCP IP Settings NET MAC Address IP Address NETO 00 11 25 48 29 E8 192 168 100 075 1 Resource Num Register IP Se
243. ort on the PC to 19200 xl r Serial Ports Settings Settings Station 1 Station Protocol Modbus RTI z IP Address 192 168 100 75 Duplex run BaudRate gt Parity None Data Bits b z Connection Type Stop Bits Fo y com x Port Type frs232 Timeout fa d umm DelayTime 200 ms m 8 Click OK The PC Communication Settings dialog box is closed 9 Open the Controller Communication Settings dialog box again Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 34 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 10 Click Upload to upload the controller communication settings again The message Upload from controller successful appears You may encounter a similar scenario when you connect to the Ethernet port of the controller and change its setting such as the IP address Display the Device Information Follow this step to display the device information of the DataSite controller e Click Device Info The device information of the DataSite controller appears in the Information box Contrsiier Communication Settings L Information Configuration N1 HART 232 485 232A BAO2DIBDO4PI3 HRN 1 70 Default Core Program 1758 FRN 1 30RTU Load name AB1758 RTU V130 Serial Ports Settings p P Sr M Y Upload COM Station Protocol State Duplex Ba
244. ot used HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 54 Purpose Read Transmitter Variable Information Send register Return register 0 Code for transmitter variable to be zeroed 8 bit unsigned integer 0 Return code for transmitter variable to be zeroed 8 bit unsigned integer 1 2 Transmit variable sensor serial number 24 bit unsigned integer 3 Transmit variable limits units code 8 bit unsigned integer 4 5 Transmit variable upper limit float point 16 7 Transmit variable lower limit float point 8 9 Transmit variable damping value seconds float point 10 11 Transmit variable minumum span float point Unit register 0 Transmit variable code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 Transmit variable limits units code 8 bit unsigned integer HART state register Command 0 state 0 1 state 1 59 Purpose Write Number of Responses Preambles Send register 0 Number of preambles to be sent with the Response message from the Slave to the Master 8 bit unsigned integer between 5 and 20 Return register Not used Unit register Not used HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 218 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Variable and Command Each piece of HART equipment is designed differently For exam
245. ove As above Record 4 49163 49193 As above As above Record 5 49195 49235 As above As above Record 6 49237 49267 As above As above Record 7 49269 49299 As above As above Record 8 There is no event code for command number 23 Return codes for command number 23 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 02 Start date index is invalid 03 Start time index is invalid 04 Number of records received 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 313 Command Number 24 Read Alarm Logs Use command number 24 to read alarm logs for up to 15 alarms at a time Each alarm consists of 12 registers Parameters for command number 24 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 24 49026 u_short R Return code 0 OK 49027 u_short W Reserved 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 u_short W Start date index 0 299 49031 u short Number of records you want to get 1 15 49032 49034 Reserved Registers for alarm 1 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49035 u_short R Alarm ID 49036 u_short R Alarm type 49037 u_char R Year u_char R Month 49038 u_char R Day u_char R Hour 49039 u_char R Minute u_char R Second 49040 u_short R Variable address 49041 float R Value 49043 49046 u_short R Reserved 4 The following table lists the register a
246. ow this step to toggle between online and offline debugging modes e Click Offline Online Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 85 Set the Scan Time for the Online Debugging Mode When you are debugging in the online mode register data is refreshed at regular intervals You may change this interval according to your requirements Follow these steps to set the scan time 1 Click Offline to go to the offline mode TIP This value can only be set when you are in the offline debugging mode 2 In the scan time box enter a value for the desired time interval The default interval is 100 ms 100 ms 3 Click Online to go to the online mode Add a Register Group Follow these steps to add a group of registers 1 Click New Group The New Group box appears 2 Enter a name for the new group 3 Click OK The new group is added and listed in the Register Group box Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 86 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Delete a Register Group Follow these steps to delete a group of registers 1 2 In the Register Group box select the group you want to delete Click Delete Group You are prompted to confirm the deletion To confirm the deletion click OK To cancel the deletion click Cancel Rename a Register Group Follow these steps to rename a register group 1 In the Regis
247. p of four octets with Port corresponding to controller Port no the DataSite 502 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 20 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 4 If you have chosen a COM port set up the parameters for the serial port connection 9 PC Communication Settings x Station Protocol Duplex Fun z Baud Rate 9600 Parity ji lone i Data Bits 8 Connection Type Stop Bits 1 C Port Type DelayTime 200 mns Parameters for Serial Port Communication Parameter Value range Station number 1 247 Baud rate bps 2400 4800 9600 14400 19200 38400 56000 57600 Delay time 1 ms 0 3000 5 confirm the PC settings and close the window click OK To cancel the configuration and close the window click Cancel TIP When you click OK the system will automatically save the PC settings into a default file The file name is PC Communication Parameter cfg located in the current ptoject directory Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 21 Configure Controller Use Controller Communication settings to set controller parameters such as Communication Settings serial port parameters or Ethernet parameters and low power settings Follow this step to open the Controller Communication Settings dialog box From the Tools menu choose Controller Communication Se
248. ple when you use command 3 to read variables from HART equipment the four dynamic variables returned may have different meanings and not all four vatiables may be valid Refer to the documentation for the HART equipment for mote information See also the table Description of HART Commands Response Message The response message of a piece of HART equipment contains the Err Num and Err State values The Err Num value indicates the number of times communication with the HART equipment has failed The Err State value indicates whether communication with the HART equipment is a success or failure An Err State value of 0 means that communication with HART equipment is successful An Err State value of 1 means that the communication with HART equipment has failed Err Cnt Err State 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 You can also read the response code from the HART equipment It is stored as two bytes in the state register which you have configured in the HART scan block If bit 7 in the first byte is 1 this byte is bit mapped and all the communication errors are displayed in this byte If bit 7 in the first byte is 0 this byte is not bit mapped and the meaning is determined by the value of bit 6 through bit 0 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 219 The following tables list the definition of the first two bytes of the response code according to the HART protocol First byte when bit 7 1 Communication Error Bit Val
249. r 10 Read the Input Signal Test 290 Command Number 11 Disable Enable the Accumulation Calculation nis naa teres CAR Rt ovp E ACIE E Ried X 291 Command Number 12 Read Disable Enable Setting for Accumulation Calculation ene ro a e 292 Command Number 13 Set the Input Parameters 202 Command Number 14 Read the Input Parameters 294 Command Number 15 Set the Alarm Range of Input Parameters 295 Command Number 16 Read the Alarm Range of Input Parameters 297 Command Number 17 Set Up the Calculation Input Parameters 298 Command Number 18 Read the Calculation Input Parameter 301 Command Number 19 Set Up the Gas Component Parameter 303 Command Number 20 Read the Gas Component Parameter 307 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller Global Event Codes for Modbus Protocols Table of Contents 11 Command Number 21 Reset 308 Command Number 22 Get Daily 309 Command Number 23 Get Hourly 311 Command Number 24 Read Alarm 313 Command Number 25 Read New Alarm 314 Command Number 26 Read Event 315 Command Number 27 Read New Event 317 Command Number 28 Disable Enable the Automatic Components Analysis Instrument os pea e V eb Rb peer EAS b te 318 Command Number 29 Read the Flag
250. r run 2 32459 32500 48151 48200 Component of meter run 3 32559 32600 48201 48250 Component of meter run 4 32659 32700 48251 48300 Component of meter run 5 32759 32800 48301 48350 Component of meter run 6 32859 32900 48351 48400 Component of meter run 7 Offset structure table Data Type Offset Name Description float 0 CHA Methane float 1 N2 Nitrogen float 2 C02 Carbon dioxide float 3 C2H6 Ethane Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 278 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Offset structure table Continued Data Type Offset Name Description float 4 C3H8 Propane float 5 H20 Water float 6 25 Hydrogen sulfide float 7 H2 Hydrogen float 8 CO Carbon monoxide float 9 02 float 10 iCAH10 i Butane float 11 nC4H10 n Butane float 12 iC5H12 i Pentane float 13 nC5H12 n Pentane float 14 nC6H12 n Hexane float 15 nC7H16 n Heptane float 16 nC8H18 n Octane float 17 nC9H20 n Nonane float 18 nC10H22 n Decane float 19 HE Helium float 20 AR Argon Range of parameter values Sum of all components must be within 1 0 0001 No Name Range in AGAS Detailed Method AGA8 Gross Method 1 and 2 1 CH4 0 100 2 N2 0 100 0 53 6 3 C02 0 100 0 28 94 4 C2H6 0 100 5 C3H8 0 12 6 H20 0 3 7 25 0 100
251. r the field parameters 1 In the configuration tree click the Meter Run item for the meter you want The Meter Run dialog box for that meter appears 2 From the Unit pull down menu choose the measurement system you want Meter Run Meter Parameter 3 unit U S U S x X 3 Click Download to apply the settings to the DataSite controller The parameter units are defined as shown in this table Imperial units of measurement for field parameters Parameter Unit DS FloConfig Display Tube and orifice diameters inches in Static base and atmospheric psia psia pressure Differential pressure inches H20 at 60 F in H20 at 60 F Flowing and base temperature F F Density Ibm ft Ibm ft3 Mass Ibm Ibm Mass flow rate Ibm hr Ibm hr Volume t ft3 Volume flow rate ft hr ft3 hr Heating value BTU scf Btu scf Turbine rate pulses ft pulses ft3 Interval or BMP S S Metric units of measurement for field parameters Parameter Unit DS FloConfig Display Tube and orifice diameters millimeters mm Static base and atmospheric bar bar pressure Differential pressure millibar millibar DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 135 Metric units of measurement for field parameters Parameter Umt DSFloConfig Display Flowing and base temperature C Density kg m kg m3 Mass kg kg Mass flow rate kg hr kg hr Volume m3 m3 Volum
252. re is an example PE Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Scan Config C 1 File Edit View Operation Help oe u 00 s m m dh er E PC Communication is nee No BlockTy Address Signal Type Scan Ti Master Register Slave Register Reg Num Err Cnt Err Stat Insert 1 y o 1 Wile Hold Re 1 500ms 40001 40001 1 o FLO RIC 1 US1 Block 1 Read State R 1 500ms 10001 10001 1 Delete 2 US1 Block 1 Write Coil 1 500ms 1 1 1 Hg History 3 ust Block Read 17500ms 30007 ees 4 Insert Copy 5 Delete QQ ues E meter nuo 7 Paste Runt 4 Hulti Paste Multi Paste GH meter Runz 10 11 Load Meter Run3 42 Meter Rund 13 Save a Meter RunS i Upload GMM meter Runs 16 17 Meter RunT 18 Download Hart 19 Eie peer 2 Clear Err Cnt 22 23 24 E 25 lt gt lt lt gt Ready This function enables you to load the scan settings from the file buffer This allows you to verify the configuration while the DataSite controller is offline Follow this step to load previously saved scan settings Click Load The last saved Scan Block Parameter configuration is loaded from the file Scan Block Parameter scn and the message Load from file successful appears in the left corner of the status bar Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow
253. re to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 400 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 336 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller Meter run 5 data variables Data Type Short integer Description Meter run 5 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 250 Long integer Meter run 5 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 50 Register 3301 3350 5051 5060 7501 7600 Float Meter run 6 data variables Data Type Short integer Meter run 5 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 500 Description Meter run 6 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 300 Long integer Meter run 6 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 60 Register 3351 3400 5061 5070 7601 7700 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Hoat Meter run 6 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 600 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller 337 Meter run 7 data variables Register Data Type Description 3401 3500 Short integer Meter run 7 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of
254. rent 4 0 0 2 Mode 44 Write Primary Variable Units 1 0 0 2 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Number of registers used in each HART command Continued DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 59 Command Description Number of registers Send register Return register Unit register HART state register 48 Read additional Transmitter Status 0 13 0 2 54 Read Transmitter Variable Information 1 10 2 2 59 Write Number Of Response Preambles 1 0 0 2 If the number of registers is 0 in any command you do not have to enter a register address The register range is 40003 49999 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers Description of HART Commands The following table provides a description of each HART command and the registers that it uses Description of HART commands Command 0 Purpose Send register Read the equipment identifier This command must be configured for each HART device in order for the other commands to work Not used Return register 0 manufacturer ID code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 manufacturer equipment type code 8 bit unsigned integer 2 forerunner character number 8 bit unsigned integer 3 global command revision level 8 bit unsigned integer 4 transmitter revision level 8 bit unsigned integer 5 software revision level 8 bit unsigned integer 6 hardware revi
255. ress Data Type Attribute Description 49063 Uu short R Relative density type 0 Relative density 1 Ideal density 49064 float R Relative density 49066 float R Reference pressure for measuring relative density 49068 float R Reference temperature for measuring relative density 49070 float R AGAG gas heating value 49072 float R Reference temperature for gas heating value 49074 Uu short R Interval for collecting the components from analysis instrument automatically valid only when automatic component analysis instrument setting is enabled There is no event code for command number 18 Return codes for command number 18 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 19 Set Up the Gas Component Parameter Use command number 19 to set up the gas component parameters for each meter run Parameters for command number 19 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 19 49026 u_short R Return code 0 49027 u_short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 float W CH4 49037 float W N2 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 304 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Parameters for command number 19 Continued
256. rks in unsolicited mode The configuration procedure is as follows Step 1 Configure the PC parameters as follows Control Settings View Help t Communication Settings 988 ExP 25 E x PC parameter Connect com 2 48 DNP Settings Database Channel ES Session Points Baud 9600 d 92 58 75 Timeout 1000 ms m Sessioni m Session2 Slave 1 t 502 Delay Time 10 ms m S Session3 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 259 Step 2 Configure the channel as follows You should select NETO for DNP3 communication and set the DNP3 slave address as 4 Control Settings View Help t GH IMP Fay EC 5 9 Communication Settings 2 E PC parameter DNP Settings Port x Slave Station Response Timeout 10000 ms B Database Channel Ks Session Confirm Mode Never Link Retries Confirm Timeout 2009 ms Points 4j 5 Session1 S Session2 4 5 Session3 Step 3 Configure the data points in the database 1 Click the Database tree screen similar to the following appears Control Settings View Help 4t 989 TMP 25 H EC zi Communication 4 ET PC parameter 49 DNP Settings Database ChannelD 4j M Session Sessionl 3 4 Ses
257. rrecting commands are provided With this the slave station can be corrected by the master station or initiate a time correcting command itself Time label Event information can have time labels e Broadcasting information A site can send broadcasting information to other sites in the network e Data validation The data link layer and the application layer can confirm communication information DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 235 DNP3 Protocol Structure DNP3 is a layered protocol based on OSI 7 layer protocols It supports the following layers Application layer The application layer sends request information from the master station to the slave station or unrequested response information from the slave station to the master station Information in this layer can be confirmed and re issued Transport layer The transport layer divides big application layer packets into several small information packets in order to facilitate transmission by the data link layer Data link layer The data link layer sends messages to the physical layer or receives information from it To ensure the accuracy of data transmission every 16 words of information in the data link layer is a data block with an additional two byte cyclic redundancy check CRC code Information in this layer can be confirmed and re issued Physical layer The physical layer describes the physical media for DNP communication such as a serial por
258. rror message appears Click OK and re enter the register address emuo x EN Invalid address or address is empty Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 88 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Edit a Register Follow these steps to edit a register 1 In the Register Group box select the group which contains the register you want to edit Select the register and click Edit Register Alternatively you can double click the register you want to edit The Edit dialog box appears Address OK Value 10000 Type unsigned In the Value text box enter the new value for the register From the Type pull down menu select the corresponding data type for the register address Click OK The changes are saved Delete a Register Follow these steps to delete a register There is no Undo function for the Delete Register action 1 2 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 In the Register Group box select the group which contains the register you want to delete Select the register and click Delete Register The register is deleted DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 89 Read the Controller Run Parameters Operational parameters for the DataSite controller include Battery Voltage Controller Temperature System Status and System Clock Follow this step to read these parameters from the controller 1 Click Re
259. rs Display format is hour minute second e Flow Time This Hour The accumulated running time of the meter in normal operating state in this hour It is less than or equal to 60 minutes Display format is hour minute second e Accumulated Run Time The length of time the flow meter has run from the time you start the accumulation up to the current time TIP For instructions on how to set the contract time see Set the Contract Time on page 123 Normal operating state means the meter is enabled and accumulating Please see Enable a Meter Channel and Its Accumulation Calculation on page 135 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 128 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Calculated Compressibility These are the compressibility factors at base conditions and flowing conditions as calculated by AGAS Factor Base Factor Flowing Error and Alarm State Display Under Alarm amp Error in the Meter Run dialog box there are six alarms or errots listed This table provides the description for each item Alarms and errors Item Description Para There is an error from the input of flow parameters Result There is a flow rate calculation error Cutoff There is a low flow cutoff of the orifice plate or the turbine DP PI The differential pressure or pulse input is outside of alarm limits either higher or low
260. ry Delay 5000 Unsol Max Retries Class1 Class1 Buffer Len 5 Class2 Buffer Len Class3 Buffer Len DI Event Mode Last Valu String Event Mode Last Valu v Al Event Mode Last Valu DI Event Buffer Len String Event Buffer Len Al Event Buffer Len 40 n DI Event Scan Time 100ms String Event Scan Time 100ms Al Event Scan Time PI Event Mode Last Valu FreezePI Event Mode Last Valu v PI Event Buffer Len FreezeP Event Buffer Len PI Event Scan Time FreezePI Event Scan Time Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Control Settings View Help DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 263 Select the station address for the session The station address is the address of the DNP3 master It is 3 for session 0 in this case Select the objects as described in the table SDNP3 object library on page 254 Select Last Value for DI and AI Event Mode This means sending the latest value to the DNP3 master Select the scan time Select the Unsolicited Response check box Repeat steps 1 through 7 to set the parameters for session 1 For session 1 the station address is 4 The controller will send the event to the master immediately as class 1 type and save the AI and DI events into the buffer in case the connection fails The buffer length is 1000 x f X amp PC parameter 4E DNP Settings Database 0 K Session
261. s Tap Location This is the location of the flange taps It could be on the upstream or the downstream of the orifice plate Orifice Plate Parameters for AGA3 Standard r Orifice Plate amp Pipe Tube Orifice Material 3048316 stainless steel gt Orifice Diameter 0909 Reference T 68 0000 F Tube Material Monel Tube Diameter 8 0710 in Reference T 58 0000 e Orifice Material and Tube Material Specify the material of the orifice plate and pipe tube by selecting it from the drop down lists These three materials are listed 304 and 316 stainless steel Carbon steel Monel e Orifice Diameter This is the inner diameter of the orifice plate measured at the reference temperature specified in the Reference T box Orifice Plate amp Pipe Tube Orifice Material 3048316 stainless steel x Orifice Diameter 4 0000 in Reference T 68 0000 Tube Material Monel Tube Diameter 8 0710 in Reference T 58 0000 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 139 e Tube Diameter This is the inner diameter of tube measured at the reference temperature specified in the Reference T box r Orifice Plate amp Pipe Tube Orifice Material 304 amp 316 stainless steel x Orifice Diameter 4 0000 in Reference T 68 0000 F Tube Material Tube Diameter 8 0710 in Reference T 68 0000 F Configure AGA7 Process Parameters If you c
262. s The register range is 40003 49999 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers Description of HART Commands The following table provides a description of each HART command and the registers that it uses Description of HART commands Command 0 Purpose Read the equipment identifier This command must be configured for each HART device in order for the other commands to work Send register Not used Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 214 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Description of HART commands Continued Return register 0 manufacturer ID code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 manufacturer equipment type code 8 bit unsigned integer 2 forerunner character number 8 bit unsigned integer 3 global command revision level 8 bit unsigned integer 4 transmitter revision level 8 bit unsigned integer 5 software revision level 8 bit unsigned integer 46 hardware revision level 8 bit unsigned integer 7 equipment function flags 8 bit unsigned integer 8 9 Device Identification Number double 24 bit unsigned integer Unit register Not used HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 Command 1 Purpose Read primary variable P V Send register Not used Return register 0 1 P V float point Unit register 0 unit HART state register 40 state 0 1 state 1
263. s HV GR CO Base 277910 1000 psia Base Temperature 60 0000 F Cutoff Differential 0 0000 in H20 at 60F Pressure Type Absolute v Hydrogen H2 0 0000 Carbon Monoxide 0 0000 Tap Location Upstream M Orifice Plate amp Pipe Tube Relative Density Orifice Material 3048316 stainless steel Condition Typs Rea Relative Density 0 581220 pma Orifice Diameter 4 0000 in Relative Density Reference Conditions Reference T 880000 F Pressure 14 730000 psia Reference T 60 0000 F Tube Material Carbon steel X Tube Diameter 8 0710 in Reference T 68 0000 F 035 9 JE 2 Under Gas Components enter the mole percentages of carbon dioxide nitrogen hydrogen and carbon monoxide 3 From the Condition Type pull down menu choose Real or Ideal depending on the type of relative density of the gas 4 In the Relative Density box enter the relative density of the gas 5 Under Relative Density Reference Conditions enter the pressure and reference temperature of the gas Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 148 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 6 To save this configuration click Save The Save button is located to the right of the Field Signal parameters in the Meter Run window IMPORTANT The mole percentage of each component heating value and relative density should not exceed the range which 15 listed in t
264. s code is incorrect Other Invalid Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 319 Command Number 29 Read the Flag of Getting Gas Component Parameters from the Gas Component Analyzer Use command number 29 to read the flag of whether or not the gas component parameters are read from the gas component analyzer Parameters for command number 29 Address DataType Attribute Description 4995 lust 49026 u short R Return code 49027 u short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u short R Hag of getting gas component parameters from the gas component analyzer 0 Disable 1 Enable There is no event code for command number 29 Return codes for command number 29 Return Code Description 01 Meter run is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 30 Acknowledge Alarms Use command number 30 to acknowledge all the new alarms in the alarm log The controller will clear the flag for all the new alarms after receiving this command Parameters for command number 30 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 30 49026 u_short R Return code 49027 Reserved 49028 u_int W Pass code for user Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 320 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 17
265. se AAEE en 25 Register I Setn oS dete AAE A E A 26 Lower the Power Consumption 21 Display the Default Settings 28 Save the Controller Communication 29 Load the Controller Communication Settings 30 Upload the Controller Communication Settings from the Controller 31 Download the Controller Communication Settings to the Controller 32 Display the Device Informattotis 123 ee Case 34 Close the Controller Communication Settings dialog box 34 DEMIS esis vex bd HA UR MR ae GNIS apnea Od PL S VS 35 Understand the Scan Blocks 35 Open the Scan Settings Dialog 40 Scam t ad 41 Insert a o Sae oerte bie ettet rp 42 Delete a Scan usate tnde aepo ee eats tae 42 Copy a sean ei dyes eel sera edo 43 Paste a Scan Blocks Ed teste x paco 43 Paste a Scan Block to Multiple 45 Use the Shortcut Menu sesa Vases oa o VIS EL a 48 SCAM DUE e D i 48 save the Scal o er ATLAS ae Tabs rol es a 49 Upload the Scan Settings from the Controller 49 Download the Scan Settings to the 49 Clear the Error CoOUDE arresta repii onte boy de Ss 49 Close the Scan Setti
266. set correctly Otherwise communication between the PC and the DataSite controller will not wotk Configure the PC Communication 1 In the configuration tree of the DS DNP3 window click the symbol next to Communication Settings The Communication Settings tree is opened 2 Click PC Parameter The parameters for PC communications appear DIENEN Control Settings View Help t Le sese g Communication Settings I PC paramete com rect COM1 DNP Settings Database Channelin Sj Sessiont H s Sessioni Baud 9600 E 92 68 100 75 Timeout 1000 ms m S Session2 Session3 Slave 1 502 Delay Time 10 ms Apply Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 246 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 The following table lists the range and default value of each PC communication parameter Value ranges of PC communication parameter Variable Rane DefautValiee Baud 2400 4800 9600 38400 57600 9600 Slave 1 247 IP 192 168 100 75 Port 5 65535 502 Delay Time 10 1000 10 Timeout 1000 10000 1000 3 From the Connect pull down menu select a TCP IP or a serial COM port Connect x Timeout 1000 ms Delay Time 10 ms Apply If you have selected TCP IP skip to step 6 to
267. sfer function code 8 bit unsigned integer 42 P V range units code 8 bit unsigned integer 3 4 upper range value float point 5 6 lower range value float point 7 8 damping value second float point 10 private label distributor code 8 bit unsigned integer Unit register Not used HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 33 Purpose Read appointed transmitter variables Send register 0 variable 0 code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 variable 1 code 8 bit unsigned integer 2 variable 2 code 8 bit unsigned integer 3 variable 3 code 8 bit unsigned integer Return register 0 1 Variable 0 value float point 2 Variable 1 value float point 4 5 Variable 2 value float point 6 7 Variable 3 value float point Unit register 0 Variable 0 unit code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 Variable 1 unit code 8 bit unsigned integer 2 Variable 2 unit code 8 bit unsigned integer 3 Variable 4 unit code 8 bit unsigned integer Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Description of HART commands Continued HART state register 40 state 0 41 state 1 Command 35 Purpose Write Primary Variable Range Values Send register 0 Primary Variable 0 code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 2 Primary Variable upper range value
268. sion level 8 bit unsigned integer 7 equipment function flags 8 bit unsigned integer 8 9 Device Identification Number double 24 bit unsigned integer Unit register Not used HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 1 Purpose Read primary variable P V Send register Not used Return register 0 1 P V float point Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Description of HART commands Continued Unit register 0 unit HART state register 40 state 0 1 state 1 Command 2 Purpose Read primary variable current and percentage of span Send register Not used Return register 0 1 P V current mA float point 2 3 P V percentage float point Purpose Unit register Not used HART state register 40 state 0 1 state 1 Command 3 Purpose Read dynamic variables and primary variable current Send register Not used Return register Unit register 0 1 Primary Variable current float point 2 3 Primary Variable value float point 4 5 Secondary Variable value float point 16 7 Tertiary Variable value float point 8 9 Fourth Variable value float point 0 Primary Variable unit code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 Secondary Variable unit code 8 bit unsigned integer 2 Tertiary Variable unit code 8 bit
269. sion2 K Session3 Data NO Signal Register Data Type Storage Type Event Type Event Value Local Sessiont Session Session3 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 260 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 B Ds DNP3 Control Settings View Help 2 Click the Add button for the type of data point you want to add For example if you want to add an AI data point click Add select AI in the Add dialog box that appears and click OK Repeat this step until you have added a data point for each type lnix t zi Communication X amp PC parameter 4E DNP Settings E Database Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 ChannelD Mx Session S Sessioni K Session2 K Session3 exe IMP 21 E Data NO Signal Register Data Type Storage Type Event Type EventValue Local SessionO Sessiont Session Session a a 2A 3 AO Casi eo m m m Det 0 30001 16 Bit HL Class2 40001 16 Bit HL Class 00 Modify 4100115 Cl 17 3 Configure the propetties for each data point including the register address class and event value DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 261 Step 4 Configure the session parameters 1 Expa
270. ss Data Data k b Type HART Address USHORT 100 processed value Hi Lo HiO LoO Lo LoO k FLOAT FLOAT Final engineering value 1 0 User Defined Address FLOAT Simulation data input 1 0 Signal source in 4xxxx Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 To obtain the P T or DP data from a HART instrument first you need to use the HART function in DS FloConfig You need to know the commands for reading the engineering values so that you can store the returned engineering values into registers For more information on this see Configure HART Inputs on page 210 If the HART instrument cannot provide engineering values directly you can do the following calculation to get the values of k and b k Hi Lo Hi0 Lo0 b Lo LoO k Follow these steps to get the values of and b calculated by DS FloConfig 1 Click Auto Cal The Engineering Conversion dialog box appears x m Processed Value Loo 10000 HIO 50000 Engineering Value Lo 0 0 Hi 2500 0 2 Enter the values of Lo0 Hi0 Lo and Hi in the dialog box IMPORTANT For the normal signals from AIO AI5 you should set LoO as 10000 HiO as 50000 3 Click OK The values of k and b are calculated by DS FloConfig and are displayed DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 143 Configure Field Signal Parameters for the AGA7 Standard If you have chosen the AGA7 standard you nee
271. ster Not used Unit register Not used HART state register 40 state 0 1 state 1 Command 48 Purpose Read Additional Transmitter Status Send register Not used Return register 0 2 device specific status 8 bit unsigned integer 3 Operational modes 8 bit unsigned integer 4 5 Analog outputs saturated 24 bit unsigned integer 16 7 Analog outputs fixed 24 bit unsigned integer 8 13 Device specific status 8 bit unsigned integer Unit register Not used HART state register 40 state 0 1 state 1 Command 54 Purpose Read Transmitter Variable Information Send register 0 Code for transmitter variable to be zeroed 8 bit unsigned integer Return register Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 40 Return code for transmitter variable to be zeroed 8 bit unsigned integer 1 2 Transmit variable sensor serial number 24 bit unsigned integer 3 Transmit variable limits units code 8 bit unsigned integer 4 5 Transmit variable upper limit float point 16 7 Transmit variable lower limit float point 8 9 Transmit variable damping value seconds float point 10 11 Transmit variable minumum span float point Description of HART commands Continued Unit register DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 63 0 Transmit variable code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 Transmit variable limits units code 8 bit unsi
272. strument in sample mode e nvalid calibration point e Flow rate factor too high e nvalid analog output HOLD code 12 This bit can mean any of the following Upper range value too low Upper range value is less than the lower sensor limit e nvalid characterization Characterization of the sensor is not valid e nvalid number of wires Number of wires on the sensor is not valid e nvalid calibration point units code Units code sent with the calibration point is not valid Invalid calibration location code Calibration location code selected is not valid e nvalid base time units code Base time units code selected is not valid e Flow rate set point too low Value entered for the flow rate set point is too low e ncorrect format Format of the parameter entered is not correct e Density low limit too low Value entered for the density low limit is too low eWrite to ROM attempted Writing of data to read only memory is attempted e nvalid units code e nvalid sensor connection code e nvalid trim points units code Units code sent with the trim point is not valid e nvalid trim location code Trim location code selected is not valid e nvalid base mass time units e nvalid base volume time units e Standard deviation too small e Standard factor format Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 67 First byte when bit 7 0 Command Response Continued
273. sults of a Meter Run on page 124 Variable Description av P Daily average value of pressure av T Daily average value of temperature av DP PI Daily average value of differential pressure AGA3 in H20 at 60 F or pulse input count per second AGAT in counts s Density Average real relative density for the day How time How time for the day qvn Volume flow quantity of the last contract day in base conditions qvf Volume flow quantity of the last contract day in flowing conditions qm Mass flow quantity of the last contract day EXT Uncorrected Daily average of Flow Extension or Uncorrected Flow Volume volume Energy Reserved The value is zero User var An instantaneous value of the last contract day This variable is User var user configurable User var3 User var4 For more information see Display the Flow Results of a Meter Run on page 124 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 154 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Configure the Hourly Historical Records Follow these steps to configure the variables you want to collect in the hourly historical records 1 In the configuration tree double click History Alternatively you can click the before History to expand the History tree 2 Click Hour Config The Hour Config frame appears PE Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Hour Config C Demo 2 File Edit View Operation Help
274. t In the master state timeout is the maximum length of waiting time after a command is sent No new commands are sent while waiting for a response If no response is received after timeout an error message box will be displayed to inform you You will then be prompted to send a new command Timeout is not applicable in other states Delay Time In the master state delay time is the maximum length of waiting time for the next send command after one send receive cycle is completed This setting can help prevent communication errors caused by a slower response of the slave communication equipment connected In the slave state delay time is the maximum length of waiting time for a response to be returned after a command is received This setting can help prevent communication errors caused by a slower response of the master communication equipment DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 25 Configure TCP IP Settings Follow these steps to configure the Ethernet port 1 In the TCP IP Settings box double click the row for the TCP IP port you want to configure The TCP IP Settings dialog box appears 11 Controller Communication Settings Information Default Load Save Serial Ports Settings COM Station Protocol State Duplex Baud R Parity Data Bits Stop PortType Timeout Delay Time COM 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 1 R5232 100 0 Download COM2 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 1 RS232
275. t RW automatically 0 1 yes 3071 The interval for collecting components analysis RW instrument automatically 3072 3100 Reserved Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller 329 Long Integer Variables Long integer variables are accessed using commands 3 6 and 16 These commands are similar to the corresponding standard Modbus commands and they use Enron Modbus addressing The size of the data fields for each vatiable is determined by the variable address The read command returns four bytes for each requested register The write command provides four bytes for each register value Read only RO registers cannot be written by using commands 6 and 16 The following table lists all the long integer variables used by Enron Modbus in the DataSite controller Meter Run 0 Data Variables Accumulated flow variables Register Description Access 5001 Total accumulated run time Unit is seconds RO 5002 Total flow time of the previous day Unit is seconds RO 5003 Total flow time of the current day Unit is seconds RO 5004 Total flow time of the previous hour Unit is seconds RO 5005 Total flow time of the current hour Unit is seconds RO 5006 Total accumulated mass flow quantity RO 5007 Total accumulated flow volume at base conditions RO 5008 Total accumulated flow volume at flowing conditions RO 5009 5010 Reserved
276. t Hour Flowing 15254475 3 Mass Last Hour 7172 78 Ibm Volume Yesterday Base 222457025 3 Volume Yesterday Flowing 210413625 3 Mass Yesterday 98928 45 Ibm Flow Time Today 03 18 52 Flow Time This Hour 00 19 33 Accumulated Run Time a Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 130 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig the accumulated variables will be reset to 0 similar to the following figure Publication 1758 UMO002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 131 Perform a Flow Calculation Test Calculation Test means the flow computer will not use the measured DP P T PI signals from field Instead it will use the simulation forced values you set to calculate the flow rate You can use this function to verify the flow calculation precision and also can use it to do sensor calibration Follow these steps to perform a flow calculation test 1 On the Operation menu click Meter Calibration Force Signals Meter Run MeterRunO MeterRunt MeterRun2 MeterRun3 C MeterRund C MeterRun5 C MeterRun6 Meter Run Temperature 50 F Static Pressure 14 psia Differential Pressure 120 inH20 at 60F 2 Select the meter run and enter the forced values 3 Click Next The following dialog box appears Calibration Record Temperature gt Applied value Measured value Dev
277. t log exceeds the set value the oldest record will be overwritten with the newest record For example if the AI value threshold is set as 100 when the AI value exceeds 100 the event will be recorded into one data point Since only inputs have active reporting only input objects have event buffer For example AI DI PI Freeze PI and String Output objects such as AO and DO have no event buffer Every data point has a corresponding data type For example the data type for DO and DI is Bool AI and DO have three data types namely 16 bit 32 bit and Float PI has two data types namely 16 bit and 32 bit String has four data types namely String 20 String 60 String 100 and String 250 The range of values for each data type is listed in the following table Data types and value ranges Data Type Range of Values Bool 0 or 1 16 bit 0 65535 32 bit 2147483648 2147483647 3 4 10 38 3 4 10 38 String 20 20 bytes String 60 60 bytes String 100 100 bytes String 250 250 bytes SDNP3 Network Structure When using the SDNP3 communication protocol with the support of different communication channels different communication structures can be set up such as point to point point to multipoint multipoint to multipoint Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 238 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Point to point communication structure Client Server DNP3 Master D
278. t mode Event reporting mode Last value Only one event is retained in the buffer for each point Queue All events will be retained Event buffer Maximum number of events 0 2000 for DI and Al events length buffered by the controller 0 10 for String events Event scan time Interval of the controller 0 99999 scanning the events Download the Configuration file For a new DNP3 configuration to take effect the configuration file needs to be downloaded to the DataSite controller after editing Follow this step to download the DNP3 configuration e From the Control menu choose Download You can also click the Download button on the toolbar DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 257 Upload the Configuration file To view the DNP3 configuration of the DataSite controller upload it to the Follow this step to upload the DNP3 configuration From the Control menu choose Upload You can also click the Upload button t on the toolbar Save the Configuration file The DNP3 configuration file can also be saved into a file In this way when you want to apply this configuration to a different DataSite controller you can download the configuration file directly to the controller instead of re creating the configuration from scratch To save the current configuration file 1 Start DS DNP3 The current configuration files are opened If there are no configuration files save the current configur
279. t or Ethernet DNP3 Data Object Library DNP3 protocol contains data points with a variety of data types Data points are grouped according to their data types and the groups are called data objects Examples of data objects are binary input object binary output object analog input object counter object freeze counter object string object and analog output object The collection of these data object groups is referred to as the data object library DNP3 data objects can be further defined through object variants such as the 16 bit analog input 32 bit floating point analog input and binary input all of which contain time Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 236 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DNP3 Class Objects Undet normal circumstances each data type can be divided into static objects and event objects A static object contains the current value of objects and an event object is brought about by the results of data changes In DNP3 there are four kinds of class objects e Class 0 e Class 1 e Class 2 e Class 3 A Class 0 object contains all of the static data Class 1 2 and 3 objects are event objects This classification provides a method to define data priotity Class 1 is the highest priority and class 3 is the lowest The allocation of class objects can increase the efficiency of communication between the master station and the slave stati
280. t parameters 20 Read gas component parameter settings 21 Reset accumulation 22 Read daily history recording 23 Read hourly history recording 24 Read alarm logs 25 Read new alarm logs 26 Read event logs 2 Read new event logs 28 Disable enable the automatic component analysis instrument 29 Read the flag of the automatic component analysis instrument 30 Acknowledge alarms 31 Acknowledge events 32 355 Reserved Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 283 Command Number 1 Correct the System Time Use command number 1 to set up the system time of the 1758 FLO DataSite conttollers IMPORTANT Parameters for command number 1 Enter a valid time such as 2009 2 21 13 59 00 The day of the week should correspond to the date Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 1 49026 u_short R Return code 49027 u_short W Reserved 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u_short W Year 0 99 49036 u_short W Month 01 12 49037 u_short W Day 01 31 49038 u_short W Hour 00 73 49039 u_short W Minute 00 59 49040 u_short W Second 00 59 49041 u_short W Week 01 07 Event codes for command number 1 Event Name EVENT_SETDATE Event Code 5 EVENT_SETTIME 6 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 284 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P
281. t to zero at each contract day start point Contract Hour Mass Today The accumulated mass flow from today s starting point Contract Hour to now accumulated once every second Reset to zero at each contract day start point Contract Hour These are the measurements for the gas flow in the last hour Volume Last Hour Base The accumulated volume flow under base conditions during last hour Updated at each hour point Volume Last Hour Flowing The accumulated volume flow under flowing conditions during last hour Updated at each hour point Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 127 e Mass Last Hour The accumulated mass flow during last hour Updated at each hour point These are the measurements for the gas flow on the previous day Volume Yesterday Base The accumulated volume flow under base conditions during the previous contract day Updated at each Contract Hour Volume Yesterday Flowing The accumulated volume flow under flowing conditions during the previous contract day Updated each Contract Hour Mass Yesterday The accumulated mass flow during the previous contract day Updated each Contract Hour These are the measurements for flow time and run time Flow Time Today The accumulated running time of the meter in normal operating state from today s starting point Contract Hour to the present It is less than ot equal to 24 hou
282. ta Type Attribute Description 49041 u_short R Address of pressure 49042 u_short R Data type of pressure 0 u_short 1 float 49043 float R k factor of pressure 49045 float R b factor of pressure 49047 u_short R Address of temperature 49048 u_short R Temperature data type 0 u_short 1 float 49049 float R k factor of temperature 49051 float R b factor of temperature There is no event code for command number 14 Return codes for command number 14 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 15 Set the Alarm Range of Input Parameters Use command number 15 to set the upper and lower alarm limits and alarm dead band of static pressure temperature and differential pressure or pulse Parameters for command number 15 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 15 49026 u_short R Return code 49027 u_short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u_short W Enable or disable differential pressure or pulse alarm 0 Disable 1 Enable Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 296 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Parameters for command number 15 Continued Address Data Type Attribute Description 49036 float W Upper alarm limit of differential pressure or pulse 49038 float W Lower
283. te US2Block 1 Read Coil 1 50 00501 00001 1 Copy Paste Multi Paste Multi Paste Load Save L Upload Download Clear Err Cnt Exit Load the Scan Settings This function enables you to load the scan settings from the file buffer This allows you to vetify the configuration while the DataSite controller is offline Follow this step to load previously saved scan settings Click Load The last saved Scan Block Parameter configuration is loaded from the file Scan Block Parameter scn and the message Load from file successful appears in the left corner of the status bar Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 49 Save the Scan Settings This function saves the scan settings into a file buffer on the PC Follow this step to save scan settings Click Save The settings are written to the file Scan Block Parameter scn and the message Save into file successful appears in the left corner of the status bat Upload the Scan Settings from the Controller Follow this step to upload read scan settings from the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can upload the settings Click Upload Download the Scan Settings to the Controller Follow this step to download write scan settings to the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can download the settings e Click
284. te the copied block to PE Ds FLoConfig bc6061d0 Scan Config C XX1 File Edit View Operation Help D u m m dh o ES PC Communication Eg FLO Communicatio is SignalType 1 Write Hold Re Ed Insert ms 2 EE History Events Copy E ue Paste x dH heter nao GMM meter Runt Multi Paste xod meter Runz E Load meter 6H meter Runt ENS xod meter nas E Upload xod meter Runs GM meter Runt Samba Hart Scan Config Clear Cnt R 4 Click Multi Paste The Multi Paste dialog box appears FYips FLoConfig bc6061d0 Scan Config 1 E PC Communication A eas No Block Ty Address Signal Type Scan Ti Master Register Slave Register Reg Num Err Cnt Err_Stat Insert E FL Comunicatio o US1 Block 1 1 500ms 40001 40001 1 o FLO RIC Delete History 3 Events 4 Copy 5 EH a mE 6 Paste GM meter nao 7 GM meter Runz 10 T 11 oad GM meter 12 3 Meter Rund 13 Save a 14 EH Meter Run5 15 Upload meter Runs 16 17 Meter Run 18 Download Hart 19 el sen Confie 22 23 24 a 25 Mi lt gt xi i t lt di Ready Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 207 5 In the Multi Paste dialog box To increment the Master Start register address of the past
285. ter Group box select the register group you want to rename 2 Click Rename Group x OdName 55 New 4 Cancel 3 In the New text box enter a new name for the group 4 Click OK The new name appears in the Register Group box Add Registers Follow these steps to add new registers 1 2 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 In the Register Group box select the group you want to add a register to Click Add Register DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 87 The Add Register dialog box appears Add Register Group Start Addr 00001 Reg cnt 2 Type E 3 In the Start Addr text box enter the address for the register In the Reg Cnt text box enter the number of registers you want to add If you are adding more than one register the Start Addr value will be the address for the first register Subsequent registers will have consecutive addtesses 5 From the Type pull down menu select a register type from the following options Unsigned 16 bit unsigned int e Signed 16 bit signed int Float Point 32 bit float number e Hexadecimal Hexadecimal form e Binary binary form e ASCII ASCII code form e BOOL BOOL type If the selected register type does not map to Start Addr this error message appears Click OK and reselect the register type Debug A Data type not mapped E 6 Click Add If the register address you entered is invalid this e
286. th respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment such as a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment such as a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures lala Allen Bradley Datasite Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies Who Should Use this Manual Purpose of this Manual Related Documentation Preface
287. the Communication Password box enter the password you have previously set 3 Click Download The new settings are applied to the DataSite controller The following sections provide more information on some of the parameters for the serial port Master Slave State The serial port scan block see the Configuration Example on page 50 can be configured in the master state to acquire data from the slave serial communication equipment connected in a certain time interval In the slave state the 1758 controller can receive commands from superior communication equipment generate and return response message TIP When there are no protocol settings the master state 1s invalid Timeout In the master state timeout is the maximum length of waiting time after a command is sent No new commands are sent while waiting fot a response If no response is received after timeout an error message box will be displayed to inform user User will then be prompted to send a new command Timeout is not applicable in other states Delay Time In the master state delay time is the length of time that must be waited for the next sending after one sending receiving is completed The time settings can prevent communication error due to slower response of the lower communication equipment connected In the slave state delay time is the time that must be waited for the response to be returned after a command is received The time settings can prevent
288. the status bar will display the message Load from file successful Save HART Settings Follow this step to save the HART settings into a file buffer on the PC Click Save If the settings are saved successfully the message Save successfully will be displayed in the status bar The settings are saved to the file hart hrt by default Upload the HART Settings from the Controller Follow this step to upload read HART Settings from the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can upload the settings Click Upload Download the HART Settings to the Controller Follow this step to download write HART Settings to the DataSite controller The controller needs to be online before you can download the settings e Click Download DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 231 Clear the Error Count Follow this step to clear the error count in HART scan data block of controller e Click Clear Err Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 232 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Chapter J Introduction DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 This chapter provides information on the DataSite DNP3 Configuration utility DS DNP3 This tool can be used to configure the 1758 RTU and the 1758 FLO DataSite controllers Distributed Network Protocol DNP3 is a standard communication protocol based on electricit
289. tiple Rows on page 45 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 229 Use the Shortcut Menu You can also use the shortcut menu for Insert Delete Copy and Paste functions Follow this step to use the shortcut menu Right click the row you want to apply the function to The shortcut menu appeats Here is an example FEDS FLoConfig bc6061d0 Hart C Demo 2 File Edit View Qperation Help D e X E 3 e 25 PC Communication i NO Channel Address Comm Scantime Send Regist Return Re Unit Regis State Register Err Num Insert FLO Comwnicstio 40011 EMANE Lo FLO RIC asert Delete Delete History 1 2 3 OD Events 4 Paste 5 Nulti Paste 5 EET xod meter 7 3 Multi Paste od meter Ronz 10 a 12 Meter Rund 13 Save 14 Meter Runs 15 Upload Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 230 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Load the HART Settings This function enables you to load the HART settings previously saved in a file buffer on the PC This allows you to verify the settings while the DataSite controller is offline Follow this step to load HART settings from the file e Click Load If the settings ate loaded successfully
290. to open the HART Settings dialog box From the Tools menu choose HART Settings The HART Settings dialog box appears The file HART Block Parameter hrt located in the current project directory is displayed on the project browser file pane TIP You can also double click the HART Block Parameter hrt file in the project browser file pane to open the HART Settings dialog box Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 56 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings DS Settings Project File F Tools Help H Da eela E amp i DS RTU Scan Block Parameter scn fl Event Parameter evt Bil Controller Debug raf PID PID Registers pid HART Block Parameter hrt PC Communication Parameter cfg f Controller Communication Parameter HART Settings NO HART Address Comm Send Regist Return Re o CO C f WN ors Empty Brock SESS en ee en INGENIEUR ESSE Multi Paste Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 This table provides a description of the column headers in the HART Settings dialog box Description of HART block parameters Header NO Description Serial number of each HART scan block HART Channel Channel for the HART interface module to send commands to The effective range is 0 2 e The HARTO channel supports multi branched HART scan and the data of up to
291. to the flash chip Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 102 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings System information Information Item Description H Information Hardware information of the DataSite controller This includes the 1 0 channels Al AO DI DO and PI and communication interfaces such as RS232 RS485 and Ethernet The hardware version number is represented by HRN P Information Firmware version such as FRN 1 10 3 Click Run and exit the local connection Clear the Status Messages Follow this step to clear all the messages in the Information box e Click Clear Info Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Allocate Registers DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 103 Module internal registers are divided into four types Coil Register e State Register Input Register Hold Register Coil Register and State Register are single bit registers Every register address corresponds to a binary bit Input Register and Hold Register are 16 bit registers Modbus addresses of internal registers Register name Modbus address Features Coil Register 00001 04096 1 bit State Register 10001 14096 1 bit Input Register 30001 31024 16 bit Hold Register 40001 49999 16 bit Read and Write Registers Internal registers of the DataSite controller can be read and written via the Controller Debug tool in DS Settings For details see Debu
292. tput points DO analog input points AD analog output point AO Session IO points are selected from SDNP3 database you can choose the same data points for different session and also choose data points The maximum number of data points for each session IO is 200 SDNP3 Session 1 0 Points Session 0 1 0 points SDNP Database Els 2 S2 DH 3 1 00 ELM Udo 0 771 32 wur 2d 4 30 i 5 3000 6 40001 D gt Session 1 1 0 points Cc lt 8 30001 A Aog 9 40102 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 244 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Start DS DNP3 Follow this step to start DS DNP3 Click Start gt Programs gt Rockwell Software gt DataSite Products gt DataSite Tools gt DS DNP3 The DS DNP3 window appears PB Ds DNP3 5 49 DNP Settings Database Channel E S Session tS Sessiont tS Session2 m Session3 Publication 1758 UMO002D EN P October 2010 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 245 Configure PC PC communication parameter setting can be used to enable the writing of data from the host computer to the DataSite controller while the host computer can upload data from the DataSite controller according to the configuration at the same time Communication Settings ATTENTION Make sure that the PC communication parameters are
293. ttings The Controller Communication Settings dialog box appears The file Controller Communication Parameter esy located in the current project directory is displayed in the project browser file pane TIP You can also double click the Controller Communication Parameter esy file in the project browser file pane to open the PC Communication Settings picture HDS Settings Project Project E PC Communication Parameter cfg dh Controller Communication Parameter Default Load Upload State Duplex Baud R Parity Data Bits Stop Bi PortType Delay Time Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 Download Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 8 1 RS232 100 0 Device Info Exit Resource Num MAC Address IP Address No 00 11 25 48 29 8 192 168 100 075 502 1 Power Enable 1 Ethernet Iv LED Register IP Settings NET Subnet Mask Default Gateway NETO 255 255 255 000 192 168 100 001 The Information box displays a status message after each software operation For example if a file is loaded successfully the message Load from file successful appears in the Information box Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 22 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Configure Serial Port Settings Follow these steps to configure the serial port 1 In the Serial Ports Settings box double click the row for the serial port you
294. ttings NET Subnet Mask Default Gateway NETO 255 255 255 000 192 168 100 001 Ethernet LED IMPORTANT If you are still using a port do not clear its check box under Power Enable Otherwise communication may be interrupted For example when the DataSite controller is communicating via the Ethernet port do not shut the power supply of the Ethernet port 2 Click Download The settings are applied to the DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 28 Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Display the Default Settings Follow this step to display default values e Click Default The message Default settings enabled appears in the Information box Serial Port Settings Factory Default Parameter Name Parameter Value Station 1 Master Slave state Slave Duplex Full Baud rate bps 9600 Parity None Data bits 8 Stop bits 1 Port type RS232 Timeout 10ms 100 Delay time 10 ms 0 Ethernet Port Settings Factory Default Parameter Name Parameter Value Ethernet card NETO IP address 192 168 100 075 Basic port no 502 Registration IP Address Factory Default Parameter Name Subnet mask Parameter Value 255 255 255 0 Default gateway 192 168 100 001 Power Enable Settings Factory Default Parameter Name Parameter Value COM1 On Off Enable LED On Off Enable
295. ture float 32151 32152 DP address type DP register data type u short 32153 0 ushort 1 float P address type P register data type u short 32154 0 ushort 1 float T address type T register data type u short 32155 0 ushort 1 float Interval Interval for collection the components from analysis instrument u short 32156 automatically Reserved 32157 32158 x ch4 Methane float 32159 32160 x n2 Nitrogen float 32161 32162 _ 02 Carbon dioxide float 32163 32164 X c2h6 Ethane float 32165 32166 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 216 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Flow configuration parameters Continued Parameter Name Description Data Type Modbus Address of Meter Run 0 X X c3h8 Propane float 32167 32168 x h20 Water float 32169 32170 x_h2s Hydrogen sulfide float 32171 32172 x h2 Hydrogen float 32173 32174 X CO Carbon monoxide float 32175 32176 X 02 Oxygen float 32177 32178 x_ic4h10 i Butane float 32179 32180 x nc4h10 n Butane float 32181 32182 X icbh12 i Pentane float 32183 32184 x_ned5h12 n Pentane float 32185 32186 x nc6h14 n Hexane float 32187 32188 x nc h16 n Heptane float 32189 32190 x nc8h18 n Octane float 32191 32192 x nc9h20 n Nonane float 32193 32194 x nc10h22 n Decane float 32195 32196 x he Helium float 32197 32198 X ar Argon float 32199 32200 Publication 17
296. turn Register box define the register for storing command response data 8 In the Unit Register box define the register for storing the unit of HART equipment data returned 9 In the State Register box define the register for storing the HART equipment state returned TIP 10 Click OK The register range is 40003 49999 for 1758 RTU controllers and 40003 47999 for 1758 FLO controllers See Description of HART Commands on page 213 for mote information on the Send Return Unit and HART State Addr registers The HART Edit dialog box is closed and the settings are saved to the new block Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 226 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Delete a HART Scan Block Follow these steps to delete a HART scan block 1 Select the block you want to delete 2 Click Delete dialog box prompting you to confirm the deletion appears 3 To confirm the deletion click OK To cancel the deletion click Cancel Copy a HART Scan Block Follow these steps to copy a HART scan block 1 Select the block you want to copy 2 Click Copy Paste a HART Scan Block Follow these steps to paste a HART scan block 1 Select the block you want to copy and paste Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 227 2 Click Copy to copy the block FEDS FLoConfig bc6061d0 Hart C Demo 2 File Edit View Operation
297. ty variables Register Description Access 5001 Total accumulated run time Unit is seconds RO 5002 Total flow time of the previous day Unit is seconds RO 5003 Total flow time of the current day Unit is seconds RO 5004 Total flow time of the previous hour Unit is seconds RO 5005 Total flow time of the current hour Unit is seconds RO 5006 Total accumulated mass flow quantity RO Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller Accumulated flow variables 331 Register Description Access 7017 Flow volume at base conditions during the contract day RO 7018 Flow mass at base conditions during the contract day RO 7019 Reserved 7020 Reserved 7021 Mass quantity of the previous day RO 7022 Volume quantity of the previous day in base conditions RO 7023 Volume quantity of the previous day in flowing conditions RO 7024 7028 Reserved 7029 Average differential pressure for the hour RO 7030 Average static pressure for the hour RO 7031 Average temperature for the hour RO 7032 Average differential pressure for the day RO 7033 Average static pressure for the day RO 7034 Average temperature for the day RO Other variables Register Description Access 7035 K factor Range 0 001 1000000 R W 7036 Relative density Range 0 0 10 0 R W 7037 7039 Reserved 7040 Expansion factor based on the absolute static pressure RO measured at upstream tap 7041 Expansion fa
298. u can also click the Database icon in the toolbar eee ED DS DNP3 Control Settings View 9 ue e 6 Efi Communication S X amp PC parameter 4E DNP Settings Database ChannelD K Session S Sessiont Is Session2 S Session3 Num Lock Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 2 Click the Add button DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 249 Each data point is added automatically to the corresponding register address The number of data points is an incremental change which starts at 0 The register addresses correspond to the acquisition signal For example if you click Add select AI in the Add dialog box that appears and click OK an AI data point is added Signal Type Register Data Type pow Session Storage Type HL M Session2 Event Type gt Session3 Event Value Jom String Object Value Al hed Local 30002 Session ka E Cancel 7 String Length The following table lists the register address ranges of AO DI DO PI and String for the 1758 RTU controllers Register address ranges for AI DO DI and DO Signal Type Register Address Range Al 30001 34096 or 40001 49999 AO 40001 49999 DI 10001 14096 or 1 4096 DO 1 4096 PI 30001 34096 or 40001 49999 String 4000
299. ud R Parity Data Bits Stop PortType Timeout Delay Time p COM 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 Download COM2 1 Modbus RTU Slave Full 9600 None 8 1 RS232 100 0 Device Info Exit TCP IP Settings NET MAC Address IP Address Resource Num NETO 00 11 26 48 29 E8 192 168 100 075 Power Enable Register IP Settings COMI NET Subnet Mask Default Gateway Ethernet NETO 256 255 255 000 192 168 100 001 LED Close the Controller Communication Settings dialog box Follow this step to close the Controller Communications Settings dialog box e Click Exit Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Settings DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 35 For integrated modules such as the DataSite controller the master ports can directly read write parameters by accessing the fixed Modbus registers We need to set scan blocks of US1 and US2 only when we want to access other pieces of equipment connected with the two serial ports COM1 COM2 Use Scan Settings to match the register addresses of the 1758 controller with those of the serially connected equipment TIP custom function block that can be triggered in the user program to provide Modbus Master read write functions is also available For more information see the DataSite Customized Function Blocks Reference Manual 1758 001 Understand the Scan Blocks Evety scan block corresponds to a scan task The maxi
300. ue Description 6 hex CO Parity error 5 hexAO jOvmmermr tS 4 hex 90 Framing error 3 hex 88 Checksum error 2 hex 84 0 reserved 1 hex 82 Rx buffer overflow 0 hex 81 Overflow undefined First byte when bit 7 0 Command Response Bit Description 0 No command specific error 1 Undefined 2 Invalid selection 3 Passed parameter too large 4 Passed parameter too small 5 Too few data bytes received 6 Device specific command error rarely used 7 In write protect mode 8 This bit can mean any of the following e Update failure Returned real time data has not changed since last read from field device Warning Update failure Real time data returned has not changed since last read Warning Set to nearest possible value Command is accepted but limitations of the field device has caused data sent to be rounded or truncated Warning Update in progress Results of a command are excluded from its status because the command is still in the process of being completed Warning External input is not set to 4 20 mA temperature e Warning Time is corrupt Warning Units and 4 20 points set to new sensor limits 9 This bit can mean of the following eLower range value too high Lower range value is greater than the upper sensor limit e Applied process too high Process applied to the field device is too high e Not in proper current mode Field device is in fixed current
301. umber 10 Read the Input Signal Test Use command number 10 to read the signal test settings and test values Parameters for command number 10 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u short RW 10 49026 u short R Return code 49027 u short Meter run 0 7 49028 u int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 Reserved 49035 u short R Whether differential pressure or pulse is tested 0 No test 1 Test 49036 Uu short R Whether static pressure is tested 0 No test 1 Test 49037 Uu short R Whether temperature is tested 0 No test 1 Test 49038 float R Test value for differential pressure or pulse 49040 float R Test value for static pressure 49042 float R Test value for temperature Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 291 There is no event code for command number 10 Return codes for command number 10 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Meter run is invalid 100 Pass code is wrong Other Invalid Command Number 11 Disable Enable the Accumulation Calculation Use command number 11 to disable or enable accumulation calculation for a meter run Parameters for command number 11 Address Data Type Attribute Description 49025 u_short RW 11 49026 u_short R Return code 49027 u_short W Meter run 0 7 49028 u_int W Pass code for user 49030 49034 R
302. un4 DP PI 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 nee nus 13 Rund P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 x diim 14 Run4 T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 15 Runs DP PI 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 xdi Runs 18 Runs P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 x diim nos 17 Runs T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 18 Run6 DP PI 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Gl Meter Runt 19 Run amp P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 20 Run amp T 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 O Hert 21 Run DP PI 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 e Scan Config 22 Run P 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 23 Run T 100 000000 10 000000 5 000000 24 25 28 s lt lt gt Ready Alarm Variables Use alarm variables to indicate which signal variable should have an alarm and what the alarm limits are There are a total of 64 alarm variables 24 variables indexed from 0 23 are fixed for 8 meter runs 0 7 Every meter run has alarm variables for DP PI P and T If you want to log alarm events you need to enable them Another 40 variables indexed from 24 63 can be added to the log Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 162 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Fixed vatiables are e DP PI Differential pressure Pulse count e P Pressure e T Temperature Hi Limit the high limit of the alarm Lo Limit the low limit of the alarm e Dead Band the dead band of the alarm When the signal variable exceeds the Hi Limit a high limit alarm
303. unsigned integer 3 Fourth Variable Unit code 8 bit unsigned integer HART state register 40 state 0 1 state 1 Note Not all equipment return primary secondary tertiary and fourth variables If the equipment does not support them zero is written into the value and units unit code for that variable Command 15 Purpose Read Transmitter Variables Send register Not used Return register Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 0 alarmselect code 1 transfer function code 8 bit unsigned integer 2 P V range units code 8 bit unsigned integer 3 4 upper range value float point 5 6 lower range value float point 7 8 damping value second float point 10 private label distributor code 8 bit unsigned integer Description of HART commands Continued DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 61 Unit register Not used HART state register 0 state 0 1 state 1 33 Purpose Read appointed transmitter variables Send register 0 variable 0 code 8 bit unsigned integer 1 variable 1 code 8 bit unsigned integer 2 variable 2 code 8 bit unsigned integer 3 variable 3 code 8 bit unsigned integer Return register Unit register 0 1 Variable 0 value float point 2 Variable 1 value float point 4 5 Variable 2 value float point 6 7 Variable 3
304. uration Utility DS FloConfig Change the Communication Password Follow these steps to change the communication password 1 Open the PC Communication tree 2 In the Password box enter the old password and then click Apply Type Select COM6 S Timeout 2000 ms 1 BS Try 0 3 Password 3 Open the FLO Communication tree 4 In the Communication Password box enter the new password Communication Password 4 chars 5 Click Download The new password is saved to the DataSite controller TIP You can enter any password when uploading settings from the DataSite controller The correct passwotd however is required before you can download settings to the DataSite controller Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 121 Configure FLO RTC Settings The FLO RTC settings allow you to read the real time clock RTC of the DataSite controller calibrate the and set the contract time Open the FLO RTC Dialog Box Follow this step to open the FLO RTC dialog box e In the configuration tree click FLO RTC System information Time Set Contract time FLO Time Year Year 2009 Month o Month ge Day Saari Day 16S Hour Hour i Minute Minute Second Second 50 zi our F Controller Minute 0 zE Battery Voltage V Use PC Time 4 Temperature C Continuously Read Set Read Write Read the Real Time Clock Follow these steps to
305. ve Event 5 49085 49094 See above See above Event 6 49095 49104 See above See above Event 7 49105 49114 See above See above Event 8 49115 49124 See above See above Event 9 49125 49134 See above See above Event 10 49135 49144 See above See above Event 11 49145 49154 See above See above Event 12 49155 49164 See above See above Event 13 49165 49174 See above See above Event 14 49175 49184 See above See above Event 15 49185 49194 See above See above Event 16 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO 317 Registers for events 2 20 Continued Address Data Type Attribute Description 49195 49204 See above See above Event 17 49205 49214 See above See above Event 18 49215 49224 See above See above Event 19 49225 49234 See above See above Event 20 There is no event code for command number 26 Return codes for command number 26 Return Code Description 00 OK 01 Event start index is invalid 02 Event numbers is invalid 100 Pass code is incorrect Other Invalid Command Number 27 Read New Event Logs Use command number 27 to read the new event records The value in register 49030 indicates how many new event records have been loaded with this reading The maximum number 1s 20 Each new event record consists of 10 registers and has the same format as an event Parameters for command number 27
306. vent Value Local SescionO Sessiont SessionZ Session 1 I a NENNEN NUNC NN Delete 2 DI 10001 Bool HL Class1 0 Psoofieet TL Class o T I I To remove a data point from a session clear the check box for the session in the corresponding row Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 252 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Configure a DS DNP3 Channel Follow these steps to configure a port on the DataSite controller for DNP3 communication 1 Open the DNP Settings tree 2 In the DNP Settings tree click Channel 0 The dialog box for configuring DNP3 channels appeats Ipix Control Settings View f eene 25 B 49 Elm Communication X PC parameter DNP Settings Port None Slave Station 4 Response Timeout 10000 ms Database Channel Neer M aS Session Confirm Mode Never M Link Retries 3 Confirm Timeout 2000 ms m Sessioni m Session2 m Session3 3 Set up the following parameters according to your requirements The following table provides the description range and default value of each parameter Configure DS DNP3 Sessions DS DNP3 Channel parameters Variable Description Range of Options or Values Default Value Port Communication interface None Net0 COM1 COM2 None Slave Station Channel station number slave station number 0 65535 3 Confirmed Mode Operation desired for a specific communic
307. w Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 191 Default values of AGA flow parameters Continued Parameter Name Default Value AGA8 Methods Gas analysis Calculation interval 1 BMP Base Multiplier Period 1 Base Pressure 14 73 Base Temperature 60 DP Cutoff 0 Pressure Type Absolute Atmospheric Pressure 14 73 Static Pressure Tap Location Upstream Orifice Material 304 and 316 stainless steel Orifice Diameter 4 Orifice Measurement Reference Temperature 68 Tube Material Carbon steel Tube Diameter 8 071 Tube Measurement Reference Temperature 68 Relative Density Condition Type Real Relative Density 0 58122 Reference P for Relative Density 14 73 Reference T for Relative Density 60 Gas Heating Value 1035 99 Reference T for Gas Heating Value 60 Pressure Register 0 Pressure Data Type Ushort Pressure K Factor 0 0625 Pressure B Factor 625 Temperature Register 0 Temperature Data Type Ushort Temperature K Factor 0 005 Temperature B Factor 50 DP Register 0 DP Data Type Ushort DP K Factor 0 005 DP B Factor 50 Pulse Register 0 Pulse Data Type Ushort Pulse K Factor 0 005 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 192 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Default values of AGA flow parameters Continued Parameter Name Default Value CHA 0 965222 N2 0 002595 C02 0 005956 C2H
308. want to configure The Serial Ports Settings dialog box appears Controller Communication Settings Information Default Load m Serial Ports Settings COM Station Protocol __ B Modbus RTU Slave 9800 8 i E Download mE Device Info Serial Ports Settings 1 Exit Upload MAC Address COM Parity Resource Num 00 11 25 48 29 E Station 1 Data Bits 1 Protocol Modbus RTU Stop Bits OTENE State Slave Port Type RS232 X comi Subnet Mask Ethernet 255 255 255 000 Duplex Full Timeout 100 21105 E E Baud Rate DelayTime 0 1105 2 Set up the parameters of the selected serial port TIP You can also select another serial port from the COM pull down menu and set up the parameters for that port Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Configuration Settings Utility DS Settings 23 This table shows the options and or value range available for each parameter Serial port parameters Parameter Parameter Options or Value Range COM COM1 COM2 Protocol Modbus RTU Modbus ASC DS Workbench only for COM2 None Master Slave state Master Slave Duplex Full Half Baud rate 2400 4800 9600 14400 19200 38400 56000 57600 Parity Even Odd None Data bits 7 8 Stop bits 1 2 RS232 RS485 Timeout in units of 10 ms 1 1000 3 To save the settings and close the Serial Ports Settings dialog
309. wer down the DataSite controller 2 Use serial communication cable to connect one PC serial port with the COM2 of the controller IMPORTANT Only COM2 can be used Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 186 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 3 From the Operation menu choose Controller Initialization The Controller Initialization dialog box appeats Select the Connect Controller check box 5 Power off and power on the controller 6 When US Download appears in the Information box clear the Connect Controller check box Controller Initialization Information US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download US Download O Communication Test O Connect Controller O System Initialization E Register Initialization AGA Parameter Initialization Swim Run AGA Files Initialization J File System Initialization PS Workbench Initialization Clear info O DNP3 Initialization Set The DataSite controller has successfully gone into the Service mode Test the Communication DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 187 Follow these steps to obtain the communication settings of the DataSite controller This function can help you retrieve the communication parameter settings if you forget or lose them 1 Set the controller into the Setvice mode 2 Select the Communication
310. wise click Select Days and enter the start and end dates for the desired period TIP The length of time required for the records to be uploaded depends on the number of records selected 6 Click OK Some information appears in the status bar The following is an example of what would be displayed after clicking OK Meter 0 Start uploading daily data from FLO dut Start uploading hourly data from FLO du Upload finished The message Upload finished indicates that the upload is completed Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig An alternative method of retrieving the historical recotds is by using the toolbar 159 1 Click Day or Hour on the toolbar depending on which type of historical recotds you want to upload Day Upload From FLO t Meter Run 0 Starttime 2009 9 29 End time 2009 9 29 Refresh 2 From the Meter Run pull down menu choose the meter run 3 From the Start Time pull down menu choose the start time for the historical records From the End Time pull down menu choose the end time The following is an example of daily records from 2009 9 18 to 2009 9 28 for meter run 0 Upload From FLO Stop Da Meter Run a Starttime 2009 9 18 Endtime 2009 9 29 Refresh C Hour Time m Unit at avpPiPl density Flowti qn 2009 09 28
311. wnload Hart 19 aa Scan Config 2 Clear Err Cnt 22 23 24 25 ej Jii i lt Jil d M M Ready Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig 201 Edit a Scan Block Follow these steps to edit a scan block 1 In the Scan Config window double click the scan block you want to edit The Edit dialog box appears 05 FLoConfig bc6061d0 Scan Config C 1 oo 000 t E Communication o B ES FLO Communicatio ket Insert ii fe History Copy E res Scan Edit ues Rund meter Runt No a 6H meter Runz Block Type ust Block cama GMM meter icri xod meter Runt Save GMM meter Runs Signal Type Read Coil Register v SE meter Run Scan Time 1 E 500ms v Upload MasterRegister 1 00001 04096 Download Hart Suelo 00001208998 Clear Err Cnt Scen Config Ju nh Reg Num 1 1 120 Remark a d 3i gt a gt Ready 2 Enter the values for the scan block parameters See the table Scan block parameters and their descriptions on page 196 3 To save the changes and close the Edit dialog box click OK To close the Edit dialog box without saving click Cancel Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 202 DataSite Flow Configuration Utility DS FloConfig Insert a Scan Block Fol
312. write RO Read only W Write R Read Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 268 Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Modbus Register Range The registers used in the DataSite controller include four types of I O registers Coil registers Coil registers are single bit registers located in the digital output section of the I O database There 4096 coil registers numbered from 00001 to 04096 State registers State registers are single registers located in the digital input section of the I O database There are 4096 state registers numbered 10001 to 14096 Input registers Input registers are 16 bit registers located in the analog section of the I O database There are 4096 registers numbered 30001 to 34096 Hold registers Hold registers are 16 bit registers located in the analog output section of the I O database There are 9999 hold registers numbered 40001 to 49999 Modbus register range Type Range Number of Attribute Registers Coil Registers 1 4096 4096 RW State Registers 10001 14096 4096 RO Input Registers 30001 34096 4096 RO Hold Registers 40001 49999 9999 RW Extension Modbus Protocol for DataSite Controllers 1758 FLO Modbus Registers for Physical 1 0 Hardware All of the I O hardware that is used by the DataSite controller must be 269 assigned to I O database registers in order for the I O
313. y oil natural gas water sewage treatment and other industrial control systems It is an open communication protocol which is flexible and widely used DNP3 is in line with the open protocol standards used in various types of networks DNP3 Features These are the features of DNP3 Object oriented communication DNP3 describes and processes data in the object oriented way thus reflecting the dynamic characteristics in changing incidents Multiple data types The request and response messages can contain a variety of data types data objects e Multi master station A slave station can communicate data with multiple master stations Unsolicited upload The slave station can send unsolicited information to the master station This is called an exception report Functions such as self reporting on changes incident order recording and accident recall are available Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 234 DataSite DNP3 Configuration Utility DS DNP3 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Data priority classification Data objects can be classified according to priority Requests can be issued based on priority Multi connected equipment address A communication network can have up to 4 master stations with each station being connected to up to 65 000 pieces of equipment each with a unique address The actual configuration for each network depends on the application e Time synchronization Time co
314. y a value of 100 Description Meter run 2 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 100 Long integer Meter run 2 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 20 Register 3151 3200 5021 5030 7201 7300 Publication 1758 UM002D EN P October 2010 Float Meter run 2 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 200 Meter run 3 data variables Enron Modbus Protocol for the 1758 FLO DataSite Controller 335 Register Data Type Description 3201 3250 Short integer Meter run 3 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 30 5031 5040 Longinteger Meter run 3 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 60 7301 7400 Float Meter run 3 data variables Meter run 4 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 300 Register Data Type Description 3251 3300 Short integer Meter run 4 data variables e Identical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 200 5041 5050 Longinteger Meter run 4 data variables e dentical structure to meter run 0 data variables e Offset by a value of 40 7401 7500 Float Meter run 4 data variables e dentical structu

1758-UM002 - Literature Library

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents